Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Cable One, Inc.

Cable One, Inc.

cabo · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cabo
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 2817
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Cable One, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A N N U A L   R E P O R T

210 E. Earll Dr.

Phoenix, AZ 85012

(602) 364-6000

Dear Valued Cable ONE Shareholders, 

Dear Valued Cable ONE Shareholders, 

Growth, evolution and teamwork are the key themes that were 
Growth, evolution and teamwork are the key themes that were 
woven throughout the Cable ONE story in 2017. We celebrated 
woven throughout the Cable ONE story in 2017. We celebrated 
the acquisition of NewWave Communications, which brought 
the acquisition of NewWave Communications, which brought 
us exciting long-term opportunities for subscriber and revenue 
us exciting long-term opportunities for subscriber and revenue 
growth. We launched best-in-class products such as Piranha 
growth. We launched best-in-class products such as Piranha 
Fiber and WiFi ONE, which enabled us to continue providing 
Fiber and WiFi ONE, which enabled us to continue providing 
an outstanding customer experience. And together, we 
an outstanding customer experience. And together, we 
worked side-by-side with our customers in recovering from 
worked side-by-side with our customers in recovering from 
the hurricanes which devastated several of our communities. 
the hurricanes which devastated several of our communities. 
As a team, our focus never wavered and we continued to 
As a team, our focus never wavered and we continued to 
successfully execute on our vision. 
successfully execute on our vision. 

Financially, strategically and operationally, 2017 was a 
Financially, strategically and operationally, 2017 was a 
successful year for Cable ONE. We delivered strong financial 
successful year for Cable ONE. We delivered strong financial 
results, generating more than $960 million in revenue, 
results, generating more than $960 million in revenue, 
increasing Adjusted EBITDA1 by 24 percent year-over-year, 
increasing Adjusted EBITDA1 by 24 percent year-over-year, 
and finishing the year with Adjusted EBITDA margins1 
and finishing the year with Adjusted EBITDA margins1 
north of 46 percent. Our strategy continues to bear fruit 
north of 46 percent. Our strategy continues to bear fruit 
as we emphasize our growth products of Residential HSD 
as we emphasize our growth products of Residential HSD 
and Business Services, drive operational efficiencies and 
and Business Services, drive operational efficiencies and 
capitalize on favorable competitive dynamics in our largely 
capitalize on favorable competitive dynamics in our largely 
non-metropolitan markets. From an operating perspective, 
non-metropolitan markets. From an operating perspective, 
we are striving to make the lives of our customers easier by 
we are striving to make the lives of our customers easier by 
offering value-added services. For example, we began offering 
offering value-added services. For example, we began offering 
self-installation for Residential HSD service and we launched 
self-installation for Residential HSD service and we launched 
WiFi ONE – a solution that provides our customers with 
WiFi ONE – a solution that provides our customers with 
enhanced WiFi signal strength and extends and improves the 
enhanced WiFi signal strength and extends and improves the 
WiFi signal throughout their home.
WiFi signal throughout their home.

On May 1, 2017, we completed our acquisition of NewWave 
On May 1, 2017, we completed our acquisition of NewWave 
Communications. Since that time, we have been focused 
Communications. Since that time, we have been focused 
on integration not only from an operational and financial 
on integration not only from an operational and financial 
perspective, but on combining the culture and best practices 
perspective, but on combining the culture and best practices 
of both organizations. We’ve doubled available speeds for 
of both organizations. We’ve doubled available speeds for 
our HSD customers in the majority of these markets and 
our HSD customers in the majority of these markets and 
have nearly completed 32-channel bonding in NewWave 
have nearly completed 32-channel bonding in NewWave 
markets (which we now call our Northeast Division). This will 
markets (which we now call our Northeast Division). This will 
enable us to offer speeds up to one Gigabit to our residential 
enable us to offer speeds up to one Gigabit to our residential 
customers, allowing us to help eliminate the digital divide 
customers, allowing us to help eliminate the digital divide 
in these communities. The Northeast Division contributed 
in these communities. The Northeast Division contributed 
more than $127 million of revenues during its eight months 
more than $127 million of revenues during its eight months 
of operations as part of Cable ONE in 2017, and we expect 
of operations as part of Cable ONE in 2017, and we expect 

to realize additional revenue growth and cost synergies as 
integration proceeds.

to realize additional revenue growth and cost synergies as 
integration proceeds.

Looking ahead for the Northeast Division, we are accelerating 
Looking ahead for the Northeast Division, we are accelerating 
our integration ahead of schedule in many areas and 
our integration ahead of schedule in many areas and 
applying our industrial engineering-driven approach to 
applying our industrial engineering-driven approach to 
cost management in order to provide these customers with 
cost management in order to provide these customers with 
additional Cable ONE services and benefits. We will continue 
additional Cable ONE services and benefits. We will continue 
prudent exploration of accretive M&A opportunities, looking 
prudent exploration of accretive M&A opportunities, looking 
to further cement our role as a natural aggregator of non-
to further cement our role as a natural aggregator of non-
urban cable assets. Finally, honing the customer experience 
urban cable assets. Finally, honing the customer experience 
will be a priority for all of our associates in 2018. Although our 
will be a priority for all of our associates in 2018. Although our 
customer service scores remain high, our focus is on creating 
customer service scores remain high, our focus is on creating 
exceptional customer experiences that set us far apart from 
exceptional customer experiences that set us far apart from 
our competition. 
our competition. 

Our accomplishments in 2017 would not have been possible 
Our accomplishments in 2017 would not have been possible 
without our more than 2,300 dedicated and talented 
without our more than 2,300 dedicated and talented 
associates. In addition to their willingness to embrace change 
associates. In addition to their willingness to embrace change 
and their steadfast dedication to taking care of our customers, 
and their steadfast dedication to taking care of our customers, 
our associates share a common passion for giving back to the 
our associates share a common passion for giving back to the 
communities we serve. Our people spend thousands of hours 
communities we serve. Our people spend thousands of hours 
each year feeding the poor, raising money for the homeless, 
each year feeding the poor, raising money for the homeless, 
volunteering at schools, cleaning up their communities and 
volunteering at schools, cleaning up their communities and 
so much more. This culture of compassion and commitment 
so much more. This culture of compassion and commitment 
to service is what makes our associates the foundation of the 
to service is what makes our associates the foundation of the 
success of our company, and I couldn’t be more proud to lead 
success of our company, and I couldn’t be more proud to lead 
this team. 
this team. 

We enter 2018 energized, enthusiastic and purposeful as we 
We enter 2018 energized, enthusiastic and purposeful as we 
embrace the many opportunities on our horizon. Our strategy 
embrace the many opportunities on our horizon. Our strategy 
is sound, and we are confident that it will continue to create 
is sound, and we are confident that it will continue to create 
lifetime value for our customers, associates and shareholders. 
lifetime value for our customers, associates and shareholders. 
On behalf of all of us at Cable ONE, thank you for your 
On behalf of all of us at Cable ONE, thank you for your 
continued trust and support. 
continued trust and support. 

Best,

Best,

Julia M. Laulis 
Julia M. Laulis 
Chair of the Board,  
Chair of the Board,  
President & Chief Executive Officer
President & Chief Executive Officer

1 Please refer to the section entitled “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” appearing on page A-1 immediately after our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

1 Please refer to the section entitled “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” appearing on page A-1 immediately after our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Board of Directors

Board of Directors

Executive Team

Executive Team

Julia M. Laulis 

Julia M. Laulis 

Chair of the Board,  

Chair of the Board,  

President & Chief Executive Officer 

President & Chief Executive Officer 

Brad D. Brian 

Brad D. Brian 

Director

Director

Thomas S. Gayner 

Thomas S. Gayner 

Lead Independent Director;  

Lead Independent Director;  

Chair, Executive Committee & 

Chair, Executive Committee & 

Nominating and Governance Committee

Nominating and Governance Committee

Deborah J. Kissire 

Deborah J. Kissire 

Chair, Audit Committee

Chair, Audit Committee

Thomas O. Might 

Thomas O. Might 

Director 

Director 

Alan G. Spoon 

Alan G. Spoon 

Director

Director

Wallace R. Weitz 

Wallace R. Weitz 

Chair, Compensation Committee

Chair, Compensation Committee

Katharine B. Weymouth 

Katharine B. Weymouth 

Director

Director

Julia M. Laulis, Chair of the Board, President & Chief Executive Officer

Julia M. Laulis, Chair of the Board, President & Chief Executive Officer

Michael E. Bowker, Chief Operating Officer

Michael E. Bowker, Chief Operating Officer

Kevin P. Coyle, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Kevin P. Coyle, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Stephen A. Fox, Senior Vice President, Chief Network Officer

Stephen A. Fox, Senior Vice President, Chief Network Officer

Eric M. Lardy, Senior Vice President

Eric M. Lardy, Senior Vice President

Charles B. McDonald, Senior Vice President, Operations

Charles B. McDonald, Senior Vice President, Operations

Peter N. Witty, Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

Peter N. Witty, Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

Christopher D. Boone, Vice President, Business Services

Christopher D. Boone, Vice President, Business Services

Michelle D. Cameron, Vice President, West Division

Michelle D. Cameron, Vice President, West Division

Kenneth E. Johnson, Vice President, Northeast Division

Kenneth E. Johnson, Vice President, Northeast Division

Kishore K. Reddy, Vice President, Product Support Development

Kishore K. Reddy, Vice President, Product Support Development

William R. Robertson, Vice President, South Central Division

William R. Robertson, Vice President, South Central Division

Julie A. Seff, Vice President, Residential Services

Julie A. Seff, Vice President, Residential Services

Janiece St. Cyr, Vice President, Human Resources

Janiece St. Cyr, Vice President, Human Resources

Raymond L. Storck, Jr., Vice President, Finance & Treasurer

Raymond L. Storck, Jr., Vice President, Finance & Treasurer

Robert S. Thornock, Vice President, Strategy

Robert S. Thornock, Vice President, Strategy

Cary T. Westmark, Vice President, Information Technology

Cary T. Westmark, Vice President, Information Technology

ANNUAL MEETING

ANNUAL MEETING

STOCK EXCHANGE

STOCK EXCHANGE

The annual meeting of stockholders will be held on 

The annual meeting of stockholders will be held on 

Cable ONE common stock is traded on the New York 

Cable ONE common stock is traded on the New York 

May 8, 2018 at 8:00 a.m. MST at the Cable ONE Corporate 

May 8, 2018 at 8:00 a.m. MST at the Cable ONE Corporate 

Stock Exchange under the symbol CABO. 

Stock Exchange under the symbol CABO. 

Office, 210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, AZ 85012. 

Office, 210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, AZ 85012. 

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR 

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR 

TRANSFERS BY OVERNIGHT COURIER 

TRANSFERS BY OVERNIGHT COURIER 

General shareholder correspondence: 

General shareholder correspondence: 

Computershare 

Computershare 

PO Box 505000 

PO Box 505000 

Louisville, KY 40233

Louisville, KY 40233

SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES 

SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES 

Overnight correspondence: 

Overnight correspondence: 

Computershare 

Computershare 

462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600 

462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600 

Louisville, KY 40202

Louisville, KY 40202

Communication concerning transfer requirements, lost certificates, dividends and changes of address should be directed to 

Communication concerning transfer requirements, lost certificates, dividends and changes of address should be directed to 

Computershare Investor Services: Tel: (800) 446-2617   |   (781) 575-2723   |   TDD: (800) 952-9245

Computershare Investor Services: Tel: (800) 446-2617   |   (781) 575-2723   |   TDD: (800) 952-9245

Questions also may be sent via the website: www-us.computershare.com/investor/contact

Questions also may be sent via the website: www-us.computershare.com/investor/contact

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 
(cid:2) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 
Commission File Number: 001-36863 

Cable One, Inc. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation) 

210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, Arizona 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

13-3060083 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

85012 
(Zip Code)  

(602) 364-6000 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title Of Each Class 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 

Name Of Each Exchange On Which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  (cid:3)   No   (cid:4) 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  (cid:4)   No   (cid:3) 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes   (cid:3)   No   (cid:4) 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Website,  if  any,  every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for 
such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes   (cid:3)   No   (cid:4) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not 
be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of 
this Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 10-K.   (cid:4) 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller 
reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting 
company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

(cid:3) 
(cid:4) 

Smaller reporting company 

(cid:4) 
(cid:4) 

Non-accelerated filer 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

(cid:4) 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 

Emerging growth company 

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:4) 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes   (cid:4)   No   (cid:3) 
The  aggregate market  value  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  as  of  June 30,  2017  was  approximately  $2.9 
billion, based on the closing price for the registrant’s common stock on such date. For purposes of this computation only, all executive 
officers,  directors,  and  10%  beneficial  owners  of  the  registrant as  of  June  30,  2017  are  deemed  to  be  affiliates  of  the  registrant.  Such 
determination  should  not  be  deemed  to  be  an  admission  that  such  executive  officers,  directors,  or  10%  beneficial  owners  are,  in  fact, 
affiliates of the registrant. 

There were 5,733,384 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of February 23, 2018. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 
Portions  of  the  registrant's  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  relating  to  its  2018  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  to  be  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 
2017, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K. 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 PART I 

Item 1.         Business .........................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1A.      Risk Factors ...................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B.      Unresolved Staff Comments ..........................................................................................................................  
Item 2.         Properties .......................................................................................................................................................  
Item 3.         Legal Proceedings .........................................................................................................................................  
Item 4.         Mine Safety Disclosures ................................................................................................................................  

 PART II 

Item 5.         Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities .......................................................................................................................................................  
Item 6.         Selected Financial Data .................................................................................................................................  
Item 7.         Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ........................  
Item 7A.      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk .......................................................................  
Item 8.         Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .............................................................................................  
Item 9.         Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ........................  
Item 9A.      Controls and Procedures ................................................................................................................................  
Item 9B.      Other Information ..........................................................................................................................................  

 PART III 

Item 10.       Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ............................................................................  
Item 11.       Executive Compensation ...............................................................................................................................  
Item 12.       Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ......  
Item 13.       Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ..............................................  
Item 14.       Principal Accounting Fees and Services ........................................................................................................  

3
19
29
29
29
29

30
32
33
50
50
50
50
51

52
52
52
52
52

 PART IV 

Item 15.       Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules .......................................................................................................  
Item 16.       Form 10-K Summary .....................................................................................................................................  

53
55

Signatures ..........................................................................................................................................................................  S-1

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements .....................................................................................................................  F-1

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This document contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements can be 
identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts, but rather are based on current expectations, 
estimates,  assumptions  and  projections  about  the  cable  industry  and  our  business  and  financial  results.  Forward-looking 
statements often include words such as “will,” “should,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” 
“believes”  and  words  and  terms  of  similar  substance  in  connection  with  discussions  of  future  operating  or  financial 
performance. As with any projection or forecast, forward-looking statements are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and 
changes in circumstances. Our actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking 
statements. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking statement made by us or on our behalf. 
Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements include 
government regulation, economic, strategic, political and social conditions and the following factors: 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

the effect of our acquisition of RBI Holding LLC (“NewWave”) on our ability to retain and hire key personnel and
to maintain relationships with customers, suppliers and other business partners; 
the  potential  diversion  of  senior  management’s  attention  from  our  ongoing  operations  due  to  the  acquisition  of
NewWave; 

(cid:2)  uncertainties as to our ability and the amount of time necessary to realize the expected synergies and other benefits

of the acquisition of NewWave; 

increases in programming costs and retransmission fees; 

rising levels of competition from historical and new entrants in our markets; 
recent and future changes in technology; 

   (cid:2)  our ability to integrate NewWave’s operations into our own in an efficient and effective manner; 
   (cid:2) 
   (cid:2) 
   (cid:2)  our ability to continue to grow our business services product; 
   (cid:2) 
   (cid:2)  our ability to obtain hardware, software and operational support from vendors; 
   (cid:2) 
   (cid:2) 
   (cid:2) 
   (cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

the effects of any new significant acquisitions by us; 
adverse economic conditions; 
the integrity and security of our network and information systems; 
the impact of possible security breaches and other disruptions, including cyber-attacks; 
changing and additional regulation of our data, video and voice services, including legislative and regulatory efforts
to impose new legal requirements on our data services; 
changes in broadcast carriage regulations; 

   (cid:2) 
   (cid:2)  our ability to renew cable system franchises; 
increases in pole attachment costs; 
   (cid:2) 
the potential adverse effect of our indebtedness on our business, financial condition or results of operations and cash
(cid:2) 
flows; 
the possibility that interest rates will rise, causing our obligations to service our variable rate indebtedness to increase
significantly; 
the failure to meet earnings expectations; 
the adequacy of our risk management framework; 
changes in tax and other laws and regulations; 
changes in our estimates of the impact of the 2017 Federal tax reform legislation; 
changes in generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) or other applicable accounting
policies; and 
the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the section titled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

   (cid:2) 
   (cid:2) 
   (cid:2) 
   (cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

   (cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

Any forward-looking statements made by us in this document speak only as of the date on which they are made. We 
are under no obligation, and expressly disclaim any obligation, to update or alter our forward-looking statements, whether as 
a result of new information, subsequent events or otherwise. 

2 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1.        BUSINESS 

Overview 

PART I 

Cable One, Inc. (“Cable One,” “us,” “our,” “we” or the “Company”) is a fully integrated provider of data, video and 
voice  services  in  21  Western,  Midwestern  and  Southern  states.  We  provide  these  broadband  services  to  residential  and 
business customers in more than 750 communities. The markets we serve are primarily non-metropolitan, secondary markets, 
with 77% of our customers located in seven states: Arizona, Idaho, Illinois, Mississippi, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas. Our 
biggest  customer  concentrations  are  in  the Mississippi  Gulf  Coast  region  and  in  the greater  Boise,  Idaho region. We  are 
among the 10 largest cable system operators in the United States based on customers and revenues in 2017, providing service 
to 797,537 residential and business customers out of approximately 2.1 million homes passed as of December 31, 2017. Of 
these customers, 643,153 subscribed to data services, 363,888 subscribed to video services and 134,881 subscribed to voice 
services. 

We generate substantially all of our revenues through five primary products. Ranked by share of our total revenues 
during 2017, they are residential data (43.2%), residential video (34.6%), business services (data, voice and video – 13.7%), 
residential  voice  (4.6%) and  advertising  sales  (2.6%).  The  profit  margins,  growth  rates  and  capital  intensity  of  our  five 
primary products vary significantly due to competition, product maturity and relative costs. In 2017, our Adjusted EBITDA 
margins  for  residential  data  and  business  services  were  approximately  four  and  five  times  greater,  respectively,  than  for 
residential video. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin for a product line as Adjusted EBITDA attributable to that product 
line divided by revenue attributable to that product line (see the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Use of Adjusted EBITDA” for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a 
reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the  most directly comparable GAAP measure). This margin 
disparity is largely the result of significant programming costs and retransmission fees incurred to deliver residential video 
services,  which  in  each  of  the  last  three  years  represented  between  50%  and  60%  of  total  residential  video  revenues  (in 
addition to the other material direct and indirect costs associated with residential video). None of our other product lines has 
direct costs representing as substantial a portion of revenues as programming costs and retransmission fees represent for 
residential video, and indirect costs are allocated equally on a per primary service unit (“PSU”) basis. Programming costs 
and  retransmission  fees  have  a  meaningfully  lower  impact  on  business  services  margins  than  residential  video  because 
business services include data, voice and video, diminishing the relative impact of programming costs and retransmission 
fees on that product line as a whole. 

Prior  to  2012,  we  were  focused  on  growing  revenues  through  subscriber  retention  and  growth  in  overall  PSUs. 
Accordingly, our strategies consisted of, among others, offering promotional discounts to new and existing subscribers adding 
new services and to subscribers purchasing more than one service offering. Since 2012, we have adapted our strategy to face 
the industry-wide trends of declining profitability of residential video services and declining revenues from residential voice 
services. We believe the declining profitability of residential video services is primarily due to increasing programming costs 
and  retransmission  fees  and  competition  from  other  content  providers  and  the  declining  revenues  from  residential  voice 
services is primarily due to the increasing use of wireless voice services in addition to, or instead of, residential voice service. 
Beginning in 2013, we shifted our focus away from maximizing customer PSUs and towards growing and maintaining our 
higher  margin  businesses,  namely  residential  data  and  business  services.  Separately,  we  have  also  focused  on  retaining 
customers with a high expected life-time value (“LTV”), who are less attracted by discounting, require less support and churn 
less. This strategy focuses on increasing Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and margins. 

3 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The trends described above have impacted our four largest product lines in the following ways: 

(cid:2)  Residential data. We experienced growth in the number of, and revenues from, our residential data customers
every year since 2013. We expect this growth to continue due to projected increases in the number of potential
customers for us to serve, as there are still a number of households in our markets that do not subscribe to data
services from any provider. We expect to capture a portion of these customers and anticipate capturing additional
market share from existing data subscribers due to our continued upgrades in broadband capacity, our ability to
offer higher access speeds than many of our competitors and our Wi-Fi support service. 

(cid:2)  Residential video. Residential video service is a competitive and highly penetrated business. As we focus on the
higher-margin businesses of residential data and business services, we are de-emphasizing our residential video
business and, as a result, expect residential video revenues to continue to decline in the future. 

(cid:2)  Residential voice. We have experienced declines in residential voice customers as a result of homes in the United
States deciding to terminate their residential voice service and exclusively use wireless voice service. We believe
this trend will continue because of competition from wireless voice service providers. Revenues from residential
voice customers have declined over recent years, and we expect this decline will continue. 

(cid:2)  Business services. We have experienced significant growth in business data and voice customers and revenues and
expect this growth to continue. We attribute this growth to our strategic focus shift on increasing sales to business
customers and our recently expanded efforts to attract enterprise business customers. Margins in products sold to
business customers have remained attractive, and we expect this trend to continue. 

We  continue  to  experience  increased  competition,  particularly  from  telephone  companies,  cable  and  municipal 
overbuilders, over-the-top (“OTT”) video providers and direct broadcast satellite (“DBS”) television providers. Because of 
the levels of competition we face, we believe it is important to make investments in our infrastructure. We made elevated 
levels of capital investments between 2012 and 2017 to increase our cable plant capacities and reliability, launch all-digital 
video services, which has freed up approximately half of average plant bandwidth for data services, and increase data capacity 
by  moving  from  four-channel  bonding  to  32-channel  bonding.  We  expect  to  continue  devoting  financial  resources  to 
infrastructure  improvements,  including  in  the  new  markets  we  acquired  in  the  NewWave  transaction  described  below, 
because we believe these investments are necessary to remain competitive. We expect to spend up to $60 million over three 
years, including $10 million spent in 2017, to enhance the acquired NewWave systems by rebuilding low capacity markets, 
launching all-digital video services, implementing 32-channel bonding to enable a 1 Gigabit per second (“Gbps”) download 
speed product launch, converting back office functions such as billing, accounting and service provisioning and migrating 
products to legacy Cable One platforms. The term “legacy Cable One” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refers to Cable 
One operations excluding the impact or operations of NewWave. 

Our goals are to continue to grow residential data and business services and to maintain profit margins to deliver strong 
Adjusted EBITDA. To achieve these goals, we intend to continue our industrial engineering-driven cost management, remain 
focused on customers with high LTV and follow through with further planned investments in broadband plant upgrades and 
new data services offerings for residential and business customers. 

Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation. Such regulation has led to increases in our operational 
and administrative expenses. In addition, we could be significantly impacted by changes to the existing regulatory framework, 
whether triggered by legislative, administrative or judicial rulings. In 2015, the Federal Communications Commission (the 
“FCC”)  used  its  Title  II  authority  to  regulate  broadband  internet  access  services  through  the  Open  Internet  Order  (the 
“Order”), which imposed on all providers of broadband internet access service, including us, obligations that limit the ways 
certain types of traffic can be managed and prescribes certain additional disclosure requirements. The Order was upheld in 
the courts, but in September 2017, several parties, including the American Cable Association and NCTA – The Internet & 
Television Association (the “NCTA”), filed petitions for certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court. Responses to the petitions 
are due March 5, 2018. However, in December 2017, the FCC rescinded the majority of the Open Internet rules previously 
adopted in the Order, with the exception of the disclosure requirements. Several parties have challenged the FCC’s new rules 
in various Federal courts. Congress and several states also have proposed legislation regarding the net neutrality rules. We 
cannot predict whether or when future changes to the regulatory framework will occur at the FCC, in Congress, at the state 
level or in the courts. We also cannot predict whether or to what extent the rules as revised by the FCC, Congress, the states 
or the courts may affect our operations or impose costs on our business.  

We serve our customers through a plant and network with 100% two-way capacity measuring approximately 750 MHz 
on average and DOCSIS 3.0 capabilities in all of our systems. Our technically advanced infrastructure provides for delivery 
of a full suite of data, video and voice products. Our broadband plant offers fiber-to-the-node with ample unused capacity 
and standard download speeds of 100 Megabits per second (“Mbps”), which meaningfully distinguishes our offering from 
competitors in most of our markets. We have completed a multi-year investment program in our plant, which resulted in 
increased  broadband  capacity  and  reliability  and  which  has  enabled  and  will  continue  to  enable  us  to  offer  even  higher 

4 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
download speeds to our customers (at both the standard and enhanced data service levels), which we believe will reinforce 
our competitive strength in this area. 

Corporate History 

In 1986, The Washington Post Company (the prior name of our former corporate parent, Graham Holdings Company 
(“GHC”)) acquired from Capital Cities Communications, Inc. (“Capital Cities”) a number of other companies owning, in 
total, 53 cable television systems. The cable systems acquired in that transaction had approximately 350,000 subscribers in 
15 Western, Midwestern and Southern states. All other mid-sized cable operators that existed when we were established have 
since exited the cable business. 

Subsequent to the Capital Cities transaction, we completed over 30 acquisitions and dispositions of cable systems, 
both through cash sales and trades of certain of our cable systems for cable systems of other cable operators. We have been 
disciplined about the price we pay in acquisitions, acquiring new customers opportunistically at what we considered favorable 
prices.  In  the  process,  we  have  substantially  reshaped  our  original  geographic  footprint  and  resized  our  typical  system, 
including exiting a number of metropolitan markets. For example, we traded to other cable operators our cable systems in the 
Chicago, San Francisco, Cleveland and Indianapolis markets (which we acquired as part of the Capital Cities transaction) for 
cable systems in non-metropolitan markets that fit our business model. 

On July 1, 2015, we became an independent company traded under the ticker symbol “CABO” on the New York Stock 
Exchange after completion of our spin-off from GHC. The spin-off was effected through the distribution by GHC of 100% 
of the outstanding shares of common stock of Cable One to GHC stockholders as of the record date for the distribution (the 
“spin-off”) in a pro rata dividend. In connection with the spin-off, approximately 5.84 million shares of Cable One’s common 
stock were issued and outstanding on July 1, 2015, based on approximately 0.96 million shares of GHC Class A Common 
Stock and 4.88 million shares of GHC Class B Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015. No preferred stock was 
issued or outstanding. 

In January 2017, we entered into an agreement to acquire NewWave, a cable operator providing data, video and voice 
services  to  residential  and  business  customers  throughout  non-urban  areas  of  Arkansas,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Louisiana, 
Mississippi,  Missouri  and  Texas.  With  the  acquisition  of  NewWave,  we  increased  our  customer  count  to  a  total  of 
approximately 800,000 subscribers in 21 states. 

While we are smaller than the nation’s biggest cable companies, we have a record of consistent, long-term financial 
and operational success driven by our differentiated operating philosophy. We emphasize focus as opposed to scale, which 
is a departure from more conventional strategies in the cable industry, but is well suited to the markets in which we operate 
and enables us to take advantage of our strengths as a cable operator. 

Industry Overview 

Cable  companies  in  the  United  States  are  typically  fully  integrated  providers  of  data,  video  and  voice  services  to 
residential and business customers in various geographic regions. A headend typically serves each of a cable company’s cable 
systems, receiving data, video and voice service signals by connecting directly to the network backbone, which aggregates 
signals delivered through over-the-air broadcasting, fiber optic networks and satellite transmissions. From the headend, cable 
companies modulate, amplify and distribute these signals over a proprietary network of coaxial and fiber optic cable to the 
homes and businesses of subscribers. In addition to building their own network backbone or leasing physical access to the 
network backbone from telecommunications companies, cable companies also purchase licenses to provide their subscribers 
with access to cable television channels owned by programmers and distributed over the network backbone. Cable companies 
also typically sell advertising on their video channels. The cable industry has benefited from a progression of profitable new 
product introductions over the past 15 years, including, but not limited to, high-speed data service, high-definition and digital 
video service and Voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) voice service. 

Cable companies generate revenue by charging subscription fees to their residential and business customers, typically 
billed in advance on a monthly basis, at rates that vary according to the data, video and/or voice services for which customers 
subscribe, and the type of internet access and video equipment furnished to them, as well as through advertising sales. The 
margins that a cable company can earn on its PSU offerings vary from product to product. Because of rising programming 
costs and retransmission fees, the profit margin on video services is generally lower than it once was and significantly lower 
than the current margins on data services. Despite lower margins on video services, the strategy of many cable companies is 
to market and sell multiple PSUs in bundles or packages in order to maximize the number of PSUs per household. Many in 
the  industry  believe  it  is  desirable  to  sell  multiple  products  as  a package  because  they  consider  video  service  a  gateway 

5 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
offering to sell data service and because fixed costs per customer can be spread over multiple PSUs. However, recent industry 
trends have been towards increases in data subscribers even as video and voice subscriptions have declined. 

Cable  companies  generally  operate  by  establishing  cable  systems  in  geographic  markets  under  non-exclusive 
franchises granted by state or local authorities for specified periods of time. The most sought-after markets by major cable 
companies  have  generally  been  the  largest  metropolitan  markets.  These  markets  are  thought  to  offer  the  advantages  of 
population  density  (which  may  permit  efficient  construction  and  operation  of  a cable  distribution  system)  and  attractive 
demographics, including customers with higher income-per-household than their counterparts in non-metropolitan, secondary 
markets, leading to lower price sensitivity and a willingness to purchase a greater number of PSUs. 

Our Strengths 

We leverage a variety of strengths as a cable operator, stemming from, among other things, historical and ongoing 
capital investments in our plant and our focus on serving customers in non-metropolitan markets. These strengths include the 
following: 

Attractive  markets.  Our  customers  are  located  primarily  in  non-metropolitan,  secondary  markets  with  favorable 

competitive dynamics in comparison to major urban centers. In particular: 

(cid:2)  We tend to face less vigorous competition from telephone companies than cable operators in metropolitan markets.
(cid:2)  Advances in technology often come later to our markets—for example, few competitors in our markets offer fiber-

to-the-home. 

(cid:2)  Our  subscribers  tend  to  be  value-focused,  enabling  us  to  save  video  services  costs  by  not  carrying  expensive

programming options with low subscriber demand. 

(cid:2)  We are regionally diversified, reducing the impact that an economic downturn in a specific geographic market

would have on our overall business. 

Deep customer understanding. We have operated as a non-metropolitan cable business for over 20 years. In order to 
understand our customers’ demands and preferences, we have conducted daily customer research for nearly two decades and 
currently conduct thousands of customer satisfaction surveys per year. We believe we have gained valuable insight into how 
to serve customers in non-metropolitan markets, including with respect to providing an optimal mix of video channel options, 
price points and best-in-class customer service levels. In addition, the vast majority of our employees reside and work in our 
markets, providing local service that enhances the communities we serve. 

Superior broadband technology with ample unused capacity. We offer our residential and business data customers 
internet products at faster speeds than those available from competitors in most of our markets. Our broadband plant consists 
of a hybrid fiber-coaxial (“HFC”) network offering fiber-to-the-node with ample unused capacity. Our standard broadband 
offering for our residential customers is a download speed of 100 Mbps, which is at the high end of the range of standard 
residential offerings in our markets. Our enhanced broadband offering for our residential customers is currently a download 
speed of up to 1 Gbps. 

In addition, we have made significant investments in our business consistent with our strategic focus to enhance sales 
of residential data services and business services. We completed significant, multi-year plant and product enhancements in 
2017, which increased our broadband capacity and reliability. These initiatives caused us to incur several years of higher than 
usual capital spending. However, we believe the competitive benefits will be significant, particularly for data services. Among 
the enhancements in 2017: 

(cid:2)  We  continued  to  decrease  the  average  number  of  data  customers  per  unique  service  by  aggressively  splitting
service  areas  (fiber  nodes),  which  substantially  improves  data  throughput  during  periods  of  peak  usage,
minimizing disruptions in data access speeds to our customers. 

(cid:2)  We continue to invest in plant reinforcement projects, which have enhanced reliability. 
(cid:2)  We rolled out our 1 Gbps data service (GigaONE®) to approximately 95% of our legacy Cable One residential
customers based on homes passed as of December 31, 2017. We have made substantial progress to transition the
acquired  NewWave  systems  to  32-channel  bonding,  which  will  allow  us  to  launch  faster  speeds,  including 
GigaONE®, throughout these new markets. 

(cid:2)  We substantially completed a multi-year video product conversion to all-digital distribution, which has freed up

approximately half of average plant bandwidth for data services at speeds up to and exceeding 1 Gbps. 

6 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(cid:2)  We launched WiFi ONETM to residential customers across the entire legacy Cable One footprint. WiFi ONETM is 
an  advanced  Wi-Fi  solution  that  provides  customers  with  enhanced  Wi-Fi  signal  strength,  which  extends  and
improves the Wi-Fi signal throughout the home. 

(cid:2)  We deployed 10 Gbps Ethernet Passive Optical Network (“EPON”) fiber-to-the-premises technology, supporting 
the launch of Piranha Fiber, which offers market-leading symmetrical speeds of 2 Gbps to our business customers.
(cid:2)  We made significant capital expenditure investments to enhance the acquired NewWave systems and transition

them to Cable One platforms. 

We anticipate the foregoing capital projects will facilitate sustained increases in residential data and business services 

revenues and customer satisfaction. 

Low cost structure and competitive pricing. We believe our operating costs, taken as a whole, are as low as or lower 
than any major cable operator. We attribute our low cost structure to a commitment to focusing on retaining our highest value 
customers, rather than seeking to obtain as many customers as possible, and the lower costs of operations available in a non-
metropolitan market compared to a metropolitan market. In addition, because we operate our residential and business data 
services with a competitive plant and cost structure, we are able to offer our customers both attractive pricing and compelling 
products. 

Customer satisfaction. We have a customer-focused approach, influencing how we are organized, how we sell our 
services and how we service our customers. For example, we offer a same-day-service guarantee in almost every one of our 
markets, which we believe none of our major competitors in our markets currently offer. We believe that our dedication to 
providing a differentiated customer experience is an important driver of our overall value proposition and creates loyalty, 
improves customer retention and drives increased demand for our services. We have always focused on customer satisfaction, 
with an emphasis on consistently benchmarking our customer satisfaction over time and relative to our competitors based on 
internally and externally generated customer satisfaction data. 

Employee satisfaction. We have also focused on employee satisfaction, believing our customers’ satisfaction is tightly 
linked to our employee satisfaction. Employee satisfaction has been routinely measured over time internally and has been 
consistently  high  throughout  the  past  decade,  based  on  internal  measurements.  We  currently  measure  our  employee 
satisfaction annually. None of our employees have been unionized for over two decades. 

Experienced management team. Our senior management team is comprised of senior executives who have significant 
experience in the cable industry. Our executive management team has an average tenure at Cable One (or its predecessors) 
of over 15 years, and we believe this team is deeply knowledgeable about cost and competitive conditions in our markets. 
They also understand and are deeply committed to our strategy, which we developed on a collaborative basis over many 
years. 

Our Strategies 

We have a multi-faceted strategy that builds upon our long track record of focusing on the right markets, the right 
products  and  the  right  customers,  as  well  as  controlling  our  operating  and  capital  costs.  More  specifically,  our  strategy 
includes the following principal components: 

Focus  on  larger  non-metropolitan  markets.  We  believe  our  decision  over  20  years  ago  to  concentrate  on  non-
metropolitan  markets  has served us well,  and we  intend  to  continue  to  focus on  offering  our  products  primarily  in  these 
markets. The cable economics of non-metropolitan markets, for which we have optimized our strategy and our operations, 
are different from cable operations in major cities, and have yielded positive operating results for our business. Because price 
points  for  services  in  non-metropolitan  markets  are  generally  lower,  and  customers  in  non-metropolitan  markets  tend  to 
subscribe to fewer PSUs, our average revenue per customer and our PSUs per customer are lower than they might be in 
metropolitan markets. However, many of our costs are lower than they would be in metropolitan markets. The dynamics of 
larger, non-metropolitan  markets  enable  us  to  operate  at attractive  margins  and  earn  substantial  returns, while  remaining 
consistent with our focus on meeting customer demand for low prices and simultaneously keeping costs down. In addition, 
we tend to face less vigorous competition from telephone companies than cable operators in metropolitan markets. 

Maximize Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and drive profitable growth. We concentrate on the products 
and customers that maximize Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and provide the best opportunity for profitable 
growth.  We  believe  residential  video  and  residential  voice  face  inexorable  long-term  declines.  With  respect  to  the  video 
product, programmers and broadcasters are charging higher rates and retransmission fees for content to cable companies 
providing  video  services  (often  for  content  for  which  viewership  is  declining),  and  cable  companies  have  had  to  choose 
between absorbing those increases to the detriment of their margins or passing on the full cost to customers, which adversely 

7 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
affects customer demand. At the same time, the rapid expansion of OTT offerings via the internet has given customers new 
alternatives to cable companies’ video offerings. In addition, demand for cellular and smartphone offerings have reduced 
residential voice starts for us and others in our industry. As a result, we have reduced our focus on these two products and 
prioritized higher growth opportunities such as residential data and business services. 

We  have  declined  to  cross-subsidize  our  video  business  with  cash  flow  from  our  higher  growth,  higher  margin 
products, which has resulted in our residential video customers declining at a faster rate than the industry average. In legacy 
Cable One systems, our residential video customers decreased by 11.9% in 2017 versus 2016 and by 12.4% in 2016 versus 
2015. Legacy Cable One residential video revenues decreased by $16.5 million, or 5.5%, for the year ended December 31, 
2017 versus 2016 and by $37.9 million, or 11.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 versus 2015. While this strategy 
runs  contrary  to  conventional  wisdom  in  the  cable  industry,  which  puts  heavy  emphasis  on  video  customer  counts  and 
maximizing the number of PSUs per customer by bundling and discounting services, we believe it best positions us for long-
term success. For us, success in growing and retaining residential data and business customers is far more important than the 
number of triple-play customers we have. 

Target higher value residential customers. Since 2013, we have introduced rigorous analytics to determine the LTV 
of current and potential residential customers. We target marketing and customer service at customers who we believe are 
likely to produce relatively higher value over the life of their service relationships with us, rather than seeking to maximize 
the number of new customers. We analyze the net present value of every residential start and seek to identify customers with 
high LTV, who are more likely to buy data service, less likely to churn and more likely to pay on time. Seeking to retain and 
sell more services to residential customers with a high LTV has enabled us to earn higher profits with fewer customers and 
PSU subscriptions. We believe that optimizing the LTV of data-only customers as video and voice cord-cutting accelerates 
is both a necessity and an opportunity for our business. 

Drive growth in residential data and business services. We believe our residential data and business services products 
provide  attractive  current  and  future  growth  opportunities.  Our  disciplined  prioritization  of  residential  data  and  business 
services is reflected in everything we do, including pricing, the allocation of sales, marketing and customer service resources, 
capital spending and the way we conduct negotiations with suppliers, especially video suppliers. During 2017, we continued 
to further diversify our revenue streams away from video as residential data and business services represented 56.9% of our 
total revenues versus 54.2% for 2016 and 47.5% for 2015. Legacy Cable One residential data revenues grew to $371.4 million 
in 2017, a 7.9% increase versus 2016. We believe we have demonstrated that it is possible to decouple unit growth in our 
residential data and residential video businesses, which historically have been marketed as a package. Our data-only connects 
are growing significantly faster than any other segment of our residential business as we have focused on selling data-only 
packages to new customers rather than cross-selling video services to these customers. 

Legacy Cable One business services revenues grew to $112.2 million, or 11.8%, in 2017 compared to 2016. We expect 
to generate continued growth in business services by leveraging our existing infrastructure capabilities and footprint to offer 
higher  broadband  speeds  than  other  providers  in  our  markets  and  to  expand  our  business  services  to  attract  more  small, 
medium-sized and enterprise business customers. 

Continue our culture of cost leadership. We believe our total combined operating and capital costs per PSU over the 
past decade have been among the lowest of any cable company with publicly reported numbers and that our operating margins 
compare very favorably with those of significantly bigger companies in the cable industry. This is the antithesis of normal 
cable  economies-of-scale  expectations,  where  higher  volumes  are  expected  to  create  lower  costs  per  PSU  and  increase 
operating margins. Rather than increasing our size and seeking cost savings through economies-of-scale, we have achieved 
our lower cost structure over many years by focusing on: 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

serving primarily non-metropolitan, secondary markets, which contain different customer dynamics from those in 
metropolitan markets and which would require us to implement additional operational components; 
the adoption of new technologies only after they have been tested by other companies in other markets, rather than
incurring the level of capital expenditures necessary to be an early adopter of most new technologies; 
implementing a virtually centralized call center to receive inbound customer service calls and dispatch technicians
across all of our markets, while keeping the majority of our call center employees in our non-metropolitan markets;
standardizing our cable programming offerings across legacy Cable One markets, which reduces our customer
service costs, in contrast to other cable companies that offer different programming packages in different markets;
focusing on retaining and seeking high-LTV customers rather than trying to maximize the number of customers
or PSUs per customer; 
aligning our resources to emphasize increased sales of residential data services and sales to business customers 
and continuing our industrial engineering-driven approach to cost management, rather than committing resources
equally to sales of all of our products; and 

8 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(cid:2) 

investing  in  self-service  channels  to  improve  customer  satisfaction by  allowing us  to meet  changing  customer
expectations for round-the-clock service while also avoiding unnecessary wait times.  

We believe our strategy of focus has produced positive results, and we intend to apply this strategy in our NewWave 
operations.  From  2011  through  December 31, 2017,  legacy  Cable  One experienced  a 60%  reduction  in bad debt;  a  47% 
reduction in the frequency of telephone customer service calls, resulting in a 41% headcount reduction in telephone customer 
service personnel; a decline of 36% in the frequency of technicians being dispatched to customer locations, resulting in a 
18% headcount reduction in the staff devoted to that function; and an overall headcount reduction of 528, representing a 
reduction, primarily through attrition, of nearly 23% of our legacy Cable One workforce (1,802 legacy Cable One employees 
as of the end of 2017). During this same period, both our customer and employee satisfaction have remained high or improved 
based on internal measurements and, in the case of customer satisfaction, externally generated data. 

Balanced  capital  allocation.  We  are  committed  to  a  disciplined  approach  to  evaluating  acquisitions  and  internal 

investments, capital structure optimization and return of capital. 

Our Products 

Residential Data Services 

Residential  data  services  represented  43.2%,  42.0%  and  36.5%  of  our  total  revenues  for  2017,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively.  We  offer  multiple  tiers  of  data  services  with  download  speeds  up  to  1  Gbps  to  approximately  95%  of  our 
residential legacy Cable One customers as of December 31, 2017 and up to 200 Mbps to our remaining residential customers. 
Our data services also include our internet portal, http://home.cableone.net, which provides multiple e-mail addresses. To 
meet the increasing bandwidth needs of our customers who use multiple wired and wireless internet-connected devices in the 
home, we launched WiFi ONETM in 2017 to residential customers across the entire legacy Cable One footprint. WiFi ONETM 
is an advanced Wi-Fi solution combining state-of-the-art technology solutions with certified Cable One technicians, who 
locate and configure hardware based on individual customer need. WiFi ONETM provides customers with enhanced Wi-Fi 
signal strength, which extends and improves the Wi-Fi signal throughout the home.  

Residential Video Services 

Residential  video  services  represented  34.6%,  36.0%  and  41.2%  of  our  total  revenues  for  2017,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively. We offer a broad variety of residential video services, generally ranging from a basic video service to a full 
digital  service  with  access  to  hundreds  of  channels.  Our  basic  video  service  generally  consists  of  local  networks,  local 
community programming, such as governmental and public access, and certain other channels, such as weather, shopping 
and  religious  channels.  Our  digital  video  service  includes  national  and  regional  cable  networks,  music  channels  and  an 
interactive, electronic programming guide with parental controls. We also offer premium channels, which include networks 
such  as  HBO,  Showtime,  Starz  and  Cinemax,  that  generally  offer,  without  commercial  interruption,  movies,  original 
programming, live sporting events and concerts and other features. Our digital video customers may also subscribe to our 
advanced services. Our advanced video services include whole-home DVRs, which digitally record programming and pause 
and rewind live programming, and high-definition set-top boxes, which provide high-resolution picture quality, improved 
audio quality and a wide-screen format and allow our customers to access internet content on their televisions. 

Our TV Everywhere product enables our video customers to stream  many of their favorite channels and shows to 
mobile devices and computers, expanding the value of our video service. Our TV Everywhere product includes the most 
popular networks across a wide range of genres, including HBO and Cinemax. 

Residential Voice Services 

Residential  voice  services  represented  4.6%,  5.2%  and  6.2%  of  our  total  revenues  for  2017,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively. Our residential voice service transmits digital voice signals over our network and is an interconnected VoIP 
service. Our voice services include unlimited local and long-distance calling, voicemail, call waiting, three-way calling, caller 
ID, anonymous call rejection and other features. Our voice services also provide international calling by the minute. 

9 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Business Services 

We consider the data, voice and video products we provide to our business customers to be a separate product from 
our residential versions of these services. Business services represented 13.7%, 12.2% and 11.0% of our total revenues for 
2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We offer services for businesses ranging in size from small to mid-market, in addition to 
enterprise, wholesale and carrier customers.  

Our offerings for small businesses are generally provided over our coaxial network. Our data services offer various 
options with download speeds ranging from 25 Mbps up to 500 Mbps, with varying upload speeds. Our small business voice 
solutions range from one line to multi-line options, including the availability of popular calling features like simultaneous 
ring, hunt groups, selective call forwarding and much more. Business video packages range from a basic service tier to a 
comprehensive selection including variety, news and sports programming in high-definition.  

In  2016,  we  began  delivering  data  services  over  an  EPON  designed  for  mid-market  customers.  This  shared  fiber 
architecture offers a mixture of symmetrical and asymmetrical internet speeds ranging from 50 Mbps up to 2 Gbps. We expect 
to introduce EPON in additional markets each year for the foreseeable future. 

For enterprise and wholesale customers, we offer dedicated bandwidth via fiber optic technology. Our fiber optic-
based products include Dark Fiber in addition to Dedicated Internet Access and Ethernet Private Line with speeds ranging 
from 10 Mbps to 10 Gbps in scalable increments. We also offer Network to Network Interface connections to other carriers 
at multiple Points of Presence across the United States. In 2017, we began offering Ethernet services over our coaxial network. 
This service offers symmetrical speeds ranging from 3 Mbps up to 10 Mbps and is available directly to enterprise customers 
in addition to wholesale and carrier customers.  

Advertising 

Advertising sales represented 2.6%, 3.4% and 3.8% of our total revenues for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Our 
agreements with each of our programmers provide that we may sell a specified amount of time on our programmers’ channels, 
to  both  local  and  national  advertising  clients.  We  offer  a  full  suite  of  digital  advertising  products,  including  website 
construction, targeted display and both short- and long-form video production. 

Competition 

We operate in highly competitive, subscriber-driven and rapidly changing environments and compete with a growing 
number  of  entities  that  provide  a  broad  range  of  communications  products,  services  and  content  to  subscribers.  Our 
competitors  have  historically  included,  and  we  expect  will  continue  to  include,  over-the-air  reception  providers;  DBS 
providers; telephone companies that offer data and video services through digital subscriber line (“DSL”) technology or fiber-
to-the-node networks; municipalities with fiber-based networks; and other cable companies that have been granted a franchise 
to operate in a geographic market in which we are already operating. 

Substantially all of our cable systems are in markets in which CenturyLink or AT&T is the established local telephone 
company and our primary competitor. The remainder of our cable systems are in markets where we compete with various 
other companies. CenturyLink, AT&T and other companies have overbuilt approximately 30% of our homes passed with 
fiber-to-the-node or other high-speed networks, such that they are able to offer data, video and voice services, including data 
services with high access speeds (albeit generally lower when compared to those that we offer). However, less than 3% of 
the customers in our markets have access to fiber-to-the-home from our competitors, which offer a triple-play product offering 
comprised of high-speed data, video and voice. Fiber-to-the-home facilitates greater access speeds than we are able to offer 
through our fiber-to-the-node HFC infrastructure at this time, although in the next few years we expect our access speeds to 
be  comparable  to  those  provided  by  fiber-to-the-home.  In  addition,  on  their  own  or  via  strategic  partnerships  or  other 
arrangements with DBS operators that permit telephone companies to package the video services of DBS operators with 
telephone  companies’  own  DSL  service,  residential  voice  and  wireless  voice  services,  some  telephone  companies  are 
competing with our video programming and data and voice services. An example of such an arrangement is the merger of 
AT&T and DirecTV. We also face increasing competition for residential voice services from wireless telephone companies, 
as some of our customers are replacing our residential voice service completely with wireless voice service. In addition, new 
entrants with significant financial resources may compete on a larger scale with our video and data services.  

A number of municipalities have also announced plans to construct their own data networks with access speeds that 
match or exceed those of our own through the use of fiber optic technology. In some cases, local government entities and 
municipal utilities may legally compete with us without obtaining a franchise from a state or local governmental franchising 

10 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
authority (“LFA”), reducing their barriers to entry into our markets. The entrance of municipalities as competitors in our 
markets would add to the competition we face and could lead to additional customer attrition. 

Our video business also faces substantial and increasing competition from other forms of in-home entertainment and 
recreational activities, including video games, mobile apps and the internet, as well as from other media companies. Internet 
and  other  media  companies,  including  Alphabet,  Amazon,  Apple,  Hulu,  Netflix  and  Sling  TV,  increasingly  offer  video 
programming via OTT streaming on the internet. Because of the significant size and financial resources of such companies, 
we anticipate that they will continue to invest resources in increasing the availability of video content on the internet. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2017, we had 2,310 full-time employees, and none were represented by a union. 

Available Information and Website 

Our 

internet  address 

is  www.cableone.net.  We  make  available  free  of  charge 

through  our  website, 
http://ir.cableone.net,  copies  of  our  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form 10-Q,  Current  Reports  on 
Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such documents are electronically 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Printed copies of these documents will be furnished without 
charge (except exhibits) to any stockholder upon written request addressed to our Secretary at 210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, 
Arizona 85012. The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, that contains the reports, proxy and information statements and 
other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Also, the public may read and copy any materials 
that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may 
obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The contents of 
these websites are not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and shall not be deemed “filed” under 
the Exchange Act. Further, our references to website URLs are intended to be inactive textual references only. 

Executive Officers 

The following table presents certain information, as of March 1, 2018, concerning our executive officers. 

Name 

    Age    

Position 

Ms. Julia M. Laulis .................     55      Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Mr. Michael E. Bowker ...........     49      Chief Operating Officer 
Mr. Kevin P. Coyle .................     66      Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
Mr. Stephen A. Fox .................     52      Senior Vice President and Chief Network Officer 
Mr. Eric M. Lardy ...................    44     Senior Vice President 
Mr. Charles B. McDonald .......     42      Senior Vice President, Operations 

Ms. Julia M. Laulis 

Ms. Laulis has been Chair of the Board since January 2018, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board since 

January 2017 and President of Cable One since January 2015. 

Ms. Laulis joined Cable One in 1999 as Director of Marketing – Northwest Division. In 2001, she was named Vice 
President of Operations for the Southwest Division. In 2004, she accepted the additional responsibility for starting up Cable 
One’s Phoenix Customer Care Center. In 2008, she was named Chief Operations Officer, and in 2012, she was named Chief 
Operating Officer of Cable One. In January 2015, she was promoted to President and Chief Operating Officer of Cable One. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Ms. Laulis served in various senior marketing positions with Jones Communications. Ms. 

Laulis began her 30-plus-year career in the cable industry with Hauser Communications. 

Ms. Laulis serves on the boards of CableLabs and C-SPAN. 

11 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Mr. Michael E. Bowker 

Mr. Bowker has been Chief Operating Officer of Cable One since May 2017. 

Mr. Bowker joined Cable One in 1999 as Advertising Regional Sales Manager. Mr. Bowker has been a Vice President 
of Cable One since 2005. He was named Vice President of Sales in 2012 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Chief 
Sales and Marketing Officer in 2014. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Bowker was with AT&T Media Services and TCI Cable, where he served in various 

sales management positions. 

Mr. Bowker serves on the board of the American Cable Association. 

Mr. Kevin P. Coyle 

Mr. Coyle has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cable One since March 2015. 

Mr. Coyle has more than 30 years of financial and operations experience. Prior to joining Cable One, he served with 
Elauwit Networks, a private provider of telecom services to multi-dwelling units (“MDUs”) as Chief Financial Officer from 
September 2014 to March 2015 and as Senior Vice President – Business Development from May 2014 to September 2014. 
From  2012  to  2015,  Mr.  Coyle  served  as  a  director  and  as  the  chairman  of  the  audit  committee  of  WPCS  International 
Incorporated,  a  publicly  traded  provider  of  fixed  wireless  technology  services  for  corporations.  Previously,  Mr.  Coyle 
performed strategic planning for Charter Communications and Comcast Communications in their MDU and business sales 
area as Senior Vice President – Business Development of Comcast from January 2011 to June 2011 and as a Principal with 
KPC Consulting, an independent, private consulting firm, from 2009 to January 2011 and from June 2011 to 2014. Before 
that, Mr. Coyle served as Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer at Jones Intercable, a publicly traded cable television company 
with 1.4 million subscribers that was acquired by Comcast in 1999. Mr. Coyle has been the Chief Executive Officer of two 
start-up companies and the Chief Financial Officer of two others in the telecommunications and high-tech fields. 

Mr. Stephen A. Fox 

Mr. Fox has been Senior Vice President and Chief Network Officer of Cable One since July 2015. 

Mr. Fox started his career in 1988 as a programmer/operator for Cable One. Mr. Fox’s current areas of responsibility 
include long range planning and the strategic evolution of technology roadmaps related to products, internal and external 
networks and capital allocation. Prior to his current position, Mr. Fox was named Senior Vice President, Chief Technology 
Officer in 2008. 

Mr. Eric M. Lardy 

Mr. Lardy has been a Senior Vice President of Cable One since January 2017. 

Mr. Lardy joined Cable One in 1997 as a manager in one of our systems and held a variety of positions of increasing 
responsibility in marketing, operations, and system general management. Mr. Lardy was named Vice President, Strategic 
Planning and Finance in 2014 and was promoted to Senior Vice President in January 2017. 

Mr. Charles B. McDonald 

Mr. McDonald has been Senior Vice President, Operations of Cable One since January 2016. 

Mr.  McDonald  joined  Cable  One  in  2008  as  an  Industrial  Engineer.  Mr.  McDonald  was  named  Vice  President, 

Customer Service Operations in 2014 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Operations in January 2016. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. McDonald worked as a Senior Process Engineer for Three-Five Systems and Brillian 

Corp. 

12 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Regulation and Legislation 

General 

Our data, video and voice operations are subject to various requirements imposed by the U.S. local, state and Federal 
governmental authorities. The regulation of certain cable rates pursuant to procedures established by Congress has negatively 
affected  our  revenue.  Certain  other  legislative  and  regulatory  matters  discussed  in  this  section  also  have  the  potential  to 
adversely affect our data, video and voice businesses. The following discussion does not purport to be a complete summary 
of  all  of  the  provisions  of  U.S.  Federal  and  state  law  that  may  affect  our  operations.  Proposals  for  additional  or  revised 
regulations and requirements are pending before Congress, state legislatures, and state and Federal regulatory agencies. We 
generally  cannot  predict  whether  new  legislation  or  regulations,  court  action,  or  a  change  in  the  extent  of  application  or 
enforcement of current laws and regulations would have an adverse impact on our operations. 

Broadband Internet Access Service  

Broadband internet access service, which we currently offer on all of our cable systems, is subject to some regulation 

at the Federal level, and is not subject to state or local government regulation at this time. 

Regulatory Reclassification and Network Neutrality Regulation. In 2015, the FCC elected, by a 3-2 vote, to reclassify 
broadband internet access service as a “telecommunications service” and to subject the service to network neutrality and 
certain common carrier regulations under Title II of the Communications Act. Those regulations: (1) prohibited broadband 
internet access service providers from blocking access to lawful content, applications, services or non-harmful devices; (2) 
prohibited broadband internet access service providers from impairing or degrading lawful internet traffic on the basis of 
content, applications or services; (3) prohibited broadband internet access service providers from favoring lawful traffic from 
one provider of internet content over lawful traffic of another content provider in exchange for consideration; (4) established 
a new “general conduct standard” that prohibited broadband internet access service providers from unreasonably interfering 
with  or  unreasonably  disadvantaging  the  ability  of  consumers  to  select,  access  and  use  the  lawful  internet  content, 
applications, services or devices of their choosing; and (5) required broadband internet access service providers to disclose 
information regarding network management, performance and commercial terms of the service to their customers. The Order 
was upheld in the courts, but in September 2017, several parties, including the American Cable Association and the NCTA, 
filed petitions for certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court. Responses to the petitions are due March 5, 2018. However, in 
December 2017, the FCC rescinded the majority of the Open Internet rules previously adopted in the Order, with the exception 
of the disclosure requirements. Several parties have challenged the FCC’s new rules in various Federal courts. Congress and 
several states also have proposed legislation regarding the net neutrality rules. Net neutrality obligations could cause us to 
incur certain compliance costs, and the enforcement or interpretation of these new obligations could adversely affect our 
business. We cannot predict whether or when future changes to the regulatory framework will occur at the FCC, in Congress, 
at the state level or in the courts. We also cannot predict whether or to what extent the rules as revised by the FCC, Congress, 
the states or the courts may affect our operations or impose costs on our business.  

Privacy. Broadband internet access service is subject to many of the same U.S. Federal and state privacy laws that 
apply to other electronic communications. These include the U.S. Federal Electronic Communications Privacy Act, which 
addresses interceptions of electronic communications that are in transit; the Stored Communications Act, which addresses 
acquisitions of electronic data in storage; and other Federal and state privacy laws and regulations. As the collection and use 
of  consumer  data  becomes  more  prevalent  in  the  communications  industry,  our  compliance  obligations  may  grow.  In 
November  2016,  the  FCC  adopted  new  rules  for  broadband  internet  access  services  to  protect  the  privacy  of  certain 
information broadband internet access service providers obtain about their customers. However, in April 2017, the broadband 
privacy and data security rules adopted by the FCC in 2016 were repealed pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, which 
also restricts the FCC from adopting “substantially similar” rules in the future. In September 2017, the FCC reinstated its 
previous  rules  applicable  to  customer  proprietary  network  information  (“CPNI”)  for  voice  services.  In  addition,  privacy 
legislation has been proposed at the state and Federal level, some of which would require broadband service providers to 
apply heightened privacy and security protections to customer data. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these 
obligations may impose costs on our business. 

In addition to FCC privacy regulations governing broadband internet access service, the Federal Trade Commission 
also may exercise authority over privacy by using its existing authority over unfair and deceptive acts or practices to apply 
greater restrictions on the collection and use of personally identifiable and other information relating to consumers. It also 
has undertaken numerous enforcement actions against parties that do not provide sufficient security protections against the 
loss or unauthorized disclosure of this type of information. We also are subject to stringent data security and data retention 
requirements that apply to website operators and online services directed to children under 13 years of age, or that knowingly 
collect or post personal information from children under 13 years of age. Other privacy-oriented laws have been extended by 

13 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
courts to online video providers and are increasingly being used in privacy lawsuits, including class actions, against providers 
of video materials online. We cannot predict whether, when, or to what extent these obligations may impose costs on our 
business. 

We are also subject to state and Federal laws and regulations regarding data security that primarily apply to sensitive 
personal  information  that  could  be  used  to  commit  identity  theft.  Most  states  have  security  breach  notification  laws  that 
generally  require  a  business  to  give  notice  to  consumers  and  government  agencies  when  certain  information  has  been 
disclosed due to a security breach, and the FCC has adopted security breach rules for voice services. Several states have also 
enacted general data security requirements to safeguard consumer information, including the proper disposal of consumer 
information. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations may impose costs on our business. 

Digital Millennium Copyright Act. Owners of copyrights and trademarks actively seek to prevent use of the internet 
to violate their rights. For example, copyright and trademark owners assert claims that a customer used an internet service or 
resources accessed via the internet to post, download or disseminate copyrighted music, movies, software or other content 
without the consent of the copyright owner or to seek to profit from the use of the goodwill associated with another person’s 
trademark. In some cases, copyright and trademark owners have sought to recover damages from the broadband internet 
access service provider, as well as or instead of the customer. The law relating to the potential liability of broadband internet 
access service providers in these circumstances is unsettled. In 1998, Congress adopted the Digital Millennium Copyright 
Act, which grants broadband internet access service providers protection against certain claims of copyright infringement 
resulting from the actions of customers if the internet provider complies with certain requirements. So far, Congress has not 
adopted similar immunity for broadband internet access service providers for trademark infringement claims. 

Business Data Services. In April 2017, the FCC adopted a new deregulatory framework for Business Data Services 
(“BDS”), formerly known as “special access” services. These services provide dedicated point-to-point transmission of data 
at  certain  guaranteed  speeds  and  service  levels  using  high-capacity  connections.  The  new  framework  eliminates  pricing 
regulation for certain types of BDS and establishes a competitive market test for determining whether other types of BDS 
should remain subject to pricing regulation. Several parties have challenged the FCC’s decision in Federal court. At this time, 
we cannot predict how the FCC’s decision, or any modifications by the court, will affect our business. 

Cable  

Title VI of the U.S. Federal Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”), establishes the 
principal Federal regulatory framework for our operation of cable systems and for the provision of our video services. The 
Communications Act allocates primary responsibility for enforcing the Federal policies among the FCC and state and local 
governmental authorities. 

Franchising. We are required to obtain franchises from state or local governmental authorities to operate our cable 
systems. Those franchises typically are non-exclusive and limited in time, contain various conditions and limitations and 
provide for the payment of fees to the local authority, determined generally as a percentage of revenues. Failure to comply 
with all of the terms and conditions of a franchise may give rise to rights of termination by the franchising authority. The 
FCC  has  adopted  rules  designed  to  expedite  the  process  of  awarding  competitive  franchises  and  relieving  applicants  for 
competing franchises of some locally-imposed franchise obligations. This development, which is especially beneficial to new 
entrants, is expected to continue to accelerate the competition we are experiencing in the video service marketplace. On July 
12, 2017, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit vacated and remanded to the FCC its prior determination that local 
franchising  authorities  are  prohibited  from  regulating  non-telecommunications  services  provided  by  incumbent  cable 
operators and that the term “franchise fees” under the statute includes all “in-kind” payments. We cannot predict the outcome 
of the remand to the FCC, and whether or to what extent the rules as revised by the FCC or the courts may affect our operations 
or impose costs on our business. 

Rate Regulation. FCC regulations prohibit LFAs or the FCC from regulating the rates that cable systems charge for 
certain  levels  of  video  cable  service,  equipment  and  service  calls  when  those  cable  systems  are  subject  to  “effective 
competition.” In 2015, the FCC revised its rate regulations to create a presumption that all cable systems are subject to the 
effective-competition  exemption  unless  proven  otherwise.  In  July  2017,  the  D.C.  Circuit  upheld  the  FCC’s  decision  on 
appeal. 

“Must-Carry” and Retransmission Consent and Content Rules. U.S. Federal law provides that a television broadcast 
station  may,  subject  to  certain  limitations,  insist  on  carriage  of  its  signal  on  cable  systems  located  within  the  station’s 
prescribed area. As a result, certain of our cable systems must carry broadcast stations that we might not otherwise have 
elected to carry. 

14 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
In other cases, we have been required to provide consideration to broadcasters to obtain retransmission consent, such 
as commitments to carry other program services offered by a station or an affiliated company, to purchase advertising on a 
station or to provide advertising availabilities on cable to a station, or to provide cash compensation. This development results 
in  increased  operating  costs  for  cable  systems,  which  ultimately  increases  the  rates  cable  systems  charge  subscribers.  In 
March  and  November  2014,  the  FCC  and  Congress  imposed  new  requirements  in  this  area  including  restrictions  on 
broadcasters’ ability to jointly negotiate with cable providers for carriage of their stations, and the FCC is seeking comment 
on possible changes to regulations in this area, which could affect our business. In July 2016, the FCC announced that it 
would not adopt additional rules governing good faith negotiations for retransmission consent, but it would be prepared to 
assist in negotiations when necessary. In September 2014, the FCC repealed its sports blackout rules, which prohibited cable 
and satellite operators from retransmitting any sports event that was blacked out on a local broadcast station. 

Media Ownership Rules. In November 2017, the FCC took steps to relax its media ownership rules, which, among 
other things, would eliminate restrictions that limit the number of commonly owned television stations per market and restrict 
newspaper/broadcast and radio/television station cross-ownership. These rules have not yet gone into effect and have been 
challenged  in  Federal  court,  which  could  delay  their  implementation.  In  December  2017,  the  FCC  announced  a  further 
proceeding that could eventually lead to additional relaxation of the FCC’s media ownership rules, including the cap on the 
number of television stations that one entity can control nationwide. If some or all of these changes or proposed changes were 
to go into effect, it would increase the negotiating leverage that broadcasters hold in retransmission consent negotiations and 
thereby possibly increase the amounts we pay to broadcasters for retransmission fees. 

Independent  Programming.  On  September  29,  2016,  the  FCC  initiated  a  rulemaking  proceeding  to  adopt  rules 
prohibiting  certain  practices  that  may  affect  the  relationship  between  multichannel  video  programming  distributors 
(“MVPDs”), such as cable companies and independent programmers. The proposal examines whether certain “most favored 
nation” and alternative distribution method provisions in program carriage agreements should be prohibited, and whether 
program bundling practices by large programmers affect the ability of MVPDs to carry independent programmers. We cannot 
predict whether the newly-constituted FCC will pursue this proceeding, and, if so, how it will proceed. 

Pole Attachments. U.S. Federal law requires most telephone and power utilities to charge reasonable rates to cable 
operators for utilizing space on utility poles or in underground conduits. In May 2010 and again in April 2011, the FCC 
adopted new requirements relating to pole access and construction practices that were expected to improve the ability of cable 
operators to attach to utility poles on a timely basis and to lower the pole attachment rate for telecommunications services. In 
October 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court declined to review a lower court’s decision to uphold the FCC’s pole attachment 
regulations. The FCC further revised its pole attachment rules in November 2015 to adjust the formula for calculating pole 
rental rates, which resulted in similar rates for telecommunications attachments and cable attachments, and eliminated the 
ability of utility companies to justify higher rates for pole attachments used to provide broadband internet access service. In 
July 2017, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit upheld the FCC’s November 2015 pole attachment decision. The 
utility companies filed a petition for certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court in November 2017, and responses to the petition 
are due March 9, 2018. We cannot predict the outcome of this proceeding, or how this proceeding may affect our operations 
or impose costs on our business. In the meantime, the appropriate method for calculating pole attachment rates for cable 
operators that provide VoIP services remains unclear, although the FCC’s rule revisions to equalize pole attachment rates 
and its December 2017 reversal of its previous reclassification of broadband internet access services make this issue less 
significant. We cannot predict the extent to which these and other rule changes will affect our ability over time to secure 
timely access to poles at reasonable rates for our data, voice and video services. As a general matter, changes to our pole 
attachment rate structure could significantly increase our annual pole attachment costs. 

U.S. Federal Copyright Issues. The U.S. Federal Copyright Act of 1976, as amended (the “Copyright Act”), gives 
cable systems the ability, under certain terms and conditions and assuming that any applicable retransmission consents have 
been obtained, to retransmit the signals of television stations pursuant to a compulsory copyright license. 

The U.S. Federal Copyright Office is considering requests for clarification and revisions of certain cable compulsory 
copyright license reporting requirements, and from time to time, other revisions to the cable compulsory copyright rules are 
considered. We cannot predict the outcome of any such inquiries. However, it is possible that changes in the rules or copyright 
compulsory license fee computations or compliance procedures could have an adverse effect on our business by, for example, 
increasing copyright compulsory license fee costs or by causing us to reduce or discontinue carriage of certain broadcast 
signals that we currently carry on a discretionary basis. 

Telephone  Company  Competition. U.S.  Federal  law  permits  telephone  companies  to  offer  video  programming 
services. Over the past decade, telephone companies have pursued multiple strategies to enter the market for the delivery of 
multichannel  video  programming  services,  such  as  merging  with  DBS  operators,  in  the  case  of  AT&T  and  DirecTV,  or 

15 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
obtaining local franchise agreements. Increased competition from telephone companies that provide competing services could 
have a material effect on our business. 

Over-the-Top (OTT) Video Programming. The continued proliferation of broadband services in the United States has 
enabled cable programmers and broadcast television stations and networks to “stream” their video content to consumers over 
the internet. Although we have benefited generally from the growth in broadband due to our role as a provider of broadband 
services, the continued and growing availability of cable programming and broadcast television content on the internet may 
result in less demand for our video cable service offering. Some providers of cable service are marketing their own version 
of OTT video programming, thus enabling their subscribers to access cable programming outside of their home or business. 
For example, Verizon Wireless offers the ability to stream NFL games on its smartphones over the internet. Some fixed and 
wireless broadband providers are excluding certain streamed content from metered data charges or data limits in an effort to 
make  their  broadband  service  more  attractive  to  consumers.  In  addition,  online  video  distributors  and  other  OTT  video 
distributors have begun to stream broadcast programming over the internet. In some cases, distributors streamed broadcast 
programming without the consent of broadcasters and copyright owners. Broadcasters challenged this practice, and in June 
2014,  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court  determined  that  such  streaming  requires  the  consent  of  the  applicable  copyright  owner. 
However, there is a potential for other streaming services to attempt to enter the market, and in December 2014, the FCC 
opened a proceeding concerning how OTT providers should be classified for purposes of the FCC’s rules. We cannot predict 
the outcome of these proceedings, nor related litigation, nor how widespread these practices may become or the extent to 
which  the  integrated  functionality  and  ease  of  use  of  the  cable  platform  will  continue  to  appeal  to  the  majority  of  our 
subscribers. 

Wireless Services. In 2017, the FCC completed an auction of additional spectrum, including spectrum in the television 
broadcast band, for use by wireless broadband providers. The FCC process provided for both the auction of spectrum and a 
“repacking,” whereby certain broadcast stations will move to new channel allotments so as to free up a nationwide block of 
spectrum for wireless broadband use. The availability of more spectrum to  enable wireless video services over time will 
create additional competitive alternatives to cable services. The auction ended in March 2017, and in April 2017, the FCC 
began the process of transitioning broadcast stations to new channel assignments. MVPDs, such as us, are required to submit 
an estimate of the costs incurred to continue carrying stations that were reassigned to new channels. We cannot predict the 
amount of funding, if any, that we might receive from the disbursement of these funds. 

Set-Top  Boxes. Congress,  the  FCC  and  other  government  agencies  have  for  some  time  been  developing  and 
implementing regulations that affect the types of set-top boxes that cable operators can lease or deploy to their subscribers. 
Prior to 2015, FCC rules banned the integration of security and non-security function in set-top boxes and required MVPDs 
to  allow  third-party  vendors  to  provide  set-top  boxes  with  basic  converter  functions.  In  2015,  Congress  repealed  the 
integration ban  and  mandated  that  the  FCC establish  a  working  group  to  identify,  report  on  and recommend  a  successor 
technology-and platform-neutral security solution. In February 2016, the FCC opened a rulemaking to consider proposals 
that would require any retail video device to work on any cable operator’s system, but this item was removed from active 
FCC  review.  We  cannot  predict  if  or  when  new  changes  may  be  proposed,  what  effect  such  changes  may  have  on  our 
operations, or if they will increase our costs and impair our ability to deliver programming to our customers. 

Disability  Access. In  September  2010,  Congress  passed  the  Twenty-First  Century  Communications  and  Video 
Accessibility  Act  (the  “CVAA”).  The  CVAA  directs  the  FCC  to  impose  additional  accessibility  requirements  on  cable 
operators. For example, cable operators that serve 50,000 or more subscribers must provide 50 hours of video description per 
calendar quarter, during primetime or on children’s programming, on each channel on which they carry one of the top five 
national non-broadcast networks. In addition, cable operators of all sizes must pass through video description that is provided 
for each broadcast station or non-broadcast network that they carry. Compliance imposes certain costs on us. The CVAA also 
directs the FCC to adopt rules to help ensure that persons with disabilities have access to video programming and related 
information.  In  October  2013,  the  FCC  adopted  a  requirement  that  equipment  used  by  consumers  to  access  video 
programming and other services offered by cable operators make on-screen text menus and guides for the display or selection 
of video programming audibly accessible to individuals who are blind or visually impaired. The compliance deadline for 
these new rules was December 2016 (subject to certain exceptions). In October 2013, the FCC also initiated a proceeding to 
consider additional rules. In February 2014, the FCC issued an order adopting closed captioning quality standards for video 
programming distributors (“VPDs”) and, in February 2016, the FCC amended its rules to allocate responsibility for the quality 
of  closed  captioning  between  video  programmers  and  VPDs.  The  FCC  also  revised  its  procedures  for  the  handling  of 
complaints regarding closed captioning quality. We cannot predict any further actions the FCC will take in this proceeding 
or the extent to which any such requirements may impose new costs on us. 

In 2017, the FCC increased the amount of video-described programming for covered broadcast and cable channels 
from 50 hours to 87.5 hours and the number of cable networks that are required to provide video-described programming. 
We cannot predict how these new obligations could impose costs on our business. 

16 

 
  
  
  
 
  
ATSC 3.0. In November 2017, the FCC adopted new rules to authorize television stations to use the “Next Generation 
TV” broadcast television standard, ATSC 3.0. Should use of the new standard become widespread, we could be required to 
deploy  new  equipment  and  our  carriage  obligations  may  be  impacted.  We  cannot  predict  the  effect  that  use  of  the  new 
standard could have on our equipment costs, carriage obligations, or retransmission fees. 

Other  Requirements. The  FCC  regulates  various  other  aspects  of  cable  operations,  including  certain  terms  for 
commercial  leased  access,  signal  leakage,  distant  broadcast  station  signals  and  technical  standards.  We  cannot  predict 
whether, when or to what extent changes to these and other regulations may affect our operations or costs. 

Voice 

Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP). Cable companies, including Cable One and others, offer VoIP service, which 
permits users to make voice calls over broadband communications networks, including the internet, to recipients on the public 
switched  telephone  network  and  other  broadband  communications  networks.  U.S.  Federal  law  preempts  state  and  local 
regulatory  barriers  to  the  offering of voice service  by  cable  companies  and others, and  the  FCC  and U.S.  Federal  courts 
generally have preempted state laws that seek to regulate or classify VoIP. 

The FCC has held that VoIP services are IP-enabled services, which are interstate in nature and thus subject exclusively 
to the FCC’s U.S. Federal jurisdiction and not to state regulation. This decision was upheld on appeal, although the FCC has 
an ongoing proceeding to consider whether VoIP services provided by cable companies and others are properly classified as 
an “information service,” “telecommunications service” or some other new category of service. This determination, once 
made, could have numerous regulatory implications for cable companies that provide interconnected VoIP services, including 
us. Although the FCC has yet to ascribe a regulatory definition to VoIP services, the FCC nevertheless has imposed a number 
of obligations on interconnected VoIP service providers, some of which are discussed more fully below. 

The Minnesota Public Utilities Commission (“PUC”) has ruled that the VoIP service of another cable operator should 
be classified and regulated as a telecommunications service in the state, subject to entry and rate regulation. In May 2017, 
the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota held that that such operator’s VoIP service is an “information service” 
rather  than  a  “telecommunications  service,”  which  prevents  the  Minnesota  PUC  from  regulating  VoIP  as  a 
telecommunications service in Minnesota. The Minnesota PUC has appealed the decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for 
the Eighth Circuit. The FCC has supported the cable operator in its appeal. We cannot predict the outcome of this proceeding 
or how this proceeding may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. 

Emergency 911 Services. The FCC has ruled that an interconnected VoIP service provider that enables its customers 
to make calls to and receive calls from persons who use the public switched telephone network must provide its customers 
with the same enhanced 911 (“E911”) features that traditional telephone and wireless companies are obligated to provide. 
This requirement was upheld on appeal. In January 2015, the FCC established indoor location requirements when E911 calls 
are made by interconnected VoIP subscribers. The FCC also requires certain providers of facilities-based fixed, residential 
voice services, which includes interconnected VoIP service providers, to offer backup power options to consumers, and to 
inform consumers of the availability of such options. 

CALEA. FCC regulations require providers of interconnected VoIP service to comply with the requirements of the 
Communications  Assistance  for  Law  Enforcement  Act,  which  requires  covered  entities  and  their  equipment  suppliers  to 
deploy equipment that law enforcement officials can access readily for lawful wiretap purposes. 

Universal Service. The FCC has determined that interconnected VoIP service providers must contribute to the U.S. 
Federal  Universal  Service  Fund  (the  “USF”).  The  amount  of  a  company’s USF  contribution  is based on  a percentage  of 
revenues earned from end-user interstate and international interconnected VoIP services. We are permitted to recover these 
contributions from our customers. In October 2011, the FCC adopted an order and new rules intended to transition the USF 
so that it supports the build out of broadband, rather than telecommunications facilities. The order principally addressed the 
manner in which universal service funds will be distributed to network operators for broadband build out. In April 2012, the 
FCC initiated a proceeding that focused on reforming the nature and manner in which entities should contribute to the USF 
and at what levels. We cannot predict whether and how such reform will occur and the extent to which it may affect providers 
of VoIP  services,  including us  and our  competitors.  The  FCC’s  2011 universal  service reform  order was  subject  to  both 
reconsideration requests and appeals, and in May 2014, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit upheld the order in 
its entirety. A number of parties filed petitions with the U.S. Supreme Court seeking review of that decision, but the Supreme 
Court  declined  to  review  the  case.  In  November  2010,  the  FCC  determined  that  states  may  impose  state  USF  fees  on 
interconnected VoIP service providers subject to certain limitations and requirements. State USF contributions are based on 
a percentage of revenues earned from end-user intrastate interconnected VoIP services, and we are typically permitted to 
recover  these  contributions  from  our  customers.  We  cannot  predict  whether  or  how  the  imposition  of  such  state-based 

17 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
universal service fees will affect our operations and business. In addition, the FCC has focused on subsidizing broadband 
deployment, and this shift could help some of our competitors. For example, the FCC substantially revised the program that 
provides universal service support for services to schools and libraries to shift support from voice services to broadband 
services  and  the  deployment  of  Wi-Fi  networks.  Similarly,  the  FCC  has  expanded  its  Lifeline  subsidy  program  for  low-
income consumers to include broadband services in addition to voice services and is currently considering further changes 
that may affect the Lifeline program. We cannot predict whether or how these programs will be changed. 

Intercarrier Compensation. The order and new rules adopted by the FCC in October 2011 in connection with universal 
service reform also addressed intercarrier compensation and specified that “VoIP-PSTN traffic,” that is, traffic exchanged 
over  public  switched  telephone  network  facilities  that  originates  and/or  terminates  in  IP  format,  which  includes 
interconnected VoIP traffic, is subject to intercarrier compensation obligations either on the basis of specified default charges 
or through negotiated rates. The FCC’s order was subject to both reconsideration requests and appeals, and the U.S. Court of 
Appeals for the Tenth Circuit upheld the order in its entirety. A number of parties filed petitions with the U.S. Supreme Court 
seeking review of that decision, but the Supreme Court declined to review the case. Future FCC determinations regarding the 
rates, terms and conditions for transporting and terminating such traffic could have a profound and material effect on the 
profitability of providing voice and data services. 

Customer Proprietary Network Information. In 2007, the FCC adopted rules expanding the protection of CPNI and 
extending CPNI protection requirements to providers of interconnected VoIP service. CPNI is information about the quantity, 
technical configuration, type, location and amount of a voice customer’s use. These requirements generally have increased 
the cost of providing interconnected VoIP service, as providers now must implement various safeguards to protect CPNI 
from unauthorized disclosure.  

Access for Persons with Disabilities. FCC regulations require providers of interconnected VoIP services to comply 
with  all  disability  access  requirements  that  apply  to  telecommunications  carriers,  including  the  provision  of 
telecommunications  relay  services  for  persons  with  speech  or  hearing  impairments.  The  FCC  also  has  adopted  reporting 
requirements associated with disability access obligations. We and other interconnected VoIP service providers must also 
contribute to the interstate Telecommunications Relay Service Fund to support such access. These requirements generally 
have had the effect of increasing the cost of providing VoIP services. 

Service  Discontinuance  and  Outage  Obligations. In  2009,  the  FCC  adopted  rules  subjecting  providers  of 
interconnected  VoIP  services  to  the  same  service  discontinuance  requirements  applicable  to  providers  of  wireline 
telecommunication services. In 2012, the FCC adopted mandatory outage reporting requirements for interconnected VoIP 
service providers, which apply when customers of interconnected VoIP service lose service or connectivity and, as a result, 
are  unable  to  access  911  service.  Along  with  other  FCC  actions  described  in  this  section,  which  impose  legacy  telecom 
obligations  on  interconnected  VoIP  providers,  this  development  will  subject  our  interconnected  VoIP  services  to  greater 
regulation and, therefore, greater burdens and costs. 

Regulatory  Fees. The  FCC  requires  interconnected  VoIP  service  providers  to  contribute  to  shared  costs  of  FCC 
regulation through an annual regulatory fee assessment. These fees have increased our cost of providing VoIP services. The 
FCC from time to time revises its regulatory fees and sometimes creates new fees. We cannot predict when or the extent to 
which the FCC will adopt new rules or regulatory fees affecting VoIP service providers, which could affect our cost of doing 
business. 

Local Number Portability. Providers of interconnected VoIP services and their “numbering partners” must ensure that 
their subscribers have the ability to port their telephone numbers when changing service providers. We, along with other 
providers of interconnected VoIP service, must contribute funds to cover the shared costs of local number portability and the 
costs  of  North  American  Numbering  Plan  Administration.  In  June  2015,  the  FCC  adopted  rules  requiring  additional 
numbering  requirements,  such  as  allowing  consumers  access  to  abbreviated  dialing  codes  like  211  and  311  in  certain 
circumstances, to be applied to interconnected VoIP service providers. Although consumers’ ability to port their existing 
telephone numbers to interconnected VoIP service has created additional opportunities for us to gain voice customers, the 
local number portability and associated rules overall have had the effect of increasing the cost of providing VoIP service. 

Rural Calling Issues. In October 2013, the FCC adopted new rules to combat problems with the completion of long-
distance calls to rural areas. The new rules apply detailed record keeping, record retention and reporting requirements on all 
voice  providers,  including  VoIP  service  providers,  subject  to  certain  exceptions.  The  rules  also  prohibit  VoIP  service 
providers (and other voice providers) from using false audible ringing when originating calls. Compliance with these new 
rules could have the effect of increasing the cost of providing VoIP services. 

18 

 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
State and Local Taxes 

The  Internet  Tax  Freedom  Act  prohibits  most  states  and  localities  from  imposing  taxes  on  internet  access  service 
charges. Legislative and administrative proceedings in some states and localities have imposed or are considering adopting 
changes to general business taxes, central assessments for property tax and new taxes and fees applicable to our services. 
Often, DBS and other competitors that deliver their services over the internet do not face similar state tax and fee burdens. 
In addition, the FCC’s 2015 reclassification of broadband internet access services as Title II telecommunications services 
may cause or allow, directly or indirectly, some states and localities to seek to impose additional taxes and fees on our data 
service. However, such state and local actions may be hindered by the FCC’s decision to rescind the majority of the rules 
adopted in the Order. 

ITEM 1A.        RISK FACTORS 

You  should  carefully  consider  all  of  the  information  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  each  of  the  risks 
described below, which we believe are the principal risks that we face. Some risks relate principally to the securities markets 
and ownership of our common stock. 

Any  of  the  following  risks  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking statements are made in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. 

Risks Relating to Our Business 

We face significant competition from other cable companies and telephone companies, as well as other well-capitalized 
entrants in the video and data services industry, which could reduce our market share and lower our profits. 

We operate in highly competitive, subscriber-driven and rapidly changing environments and compete with a growing 
number  of  entities  that  provide  a  broad  range  of  communications  products,  services  and  content  to  subscribers.  Our 
competitors  have  historically  included,  and  we  expect  will  continue  to  include,  over-the-air  reception  providers;  DBS 
providers; telephone companies that offer data and video services through DSL or fiber-to-the-node networks; municipalities 
with fiber-based networks; and other cable companies that have been granted a franchise to operate in a geographic market 
in which we are already operating. 

Substantially all of our cable systems are in markets in which CenturyLink or AT&T is the established local telephone 
company and our primary competitor. The remainder of our cable systems are in markets where we compete with various 
other companies. Our cable systems generally operate pursuant to franchises, permits and similar authorizations issued by 
LFAs, and these franchises are typically non-exclusive. Accordingly, LFAs can grant additional franchises to our competitors 
and create competition in our markets where none existed previously, resulting in overbuilds. In some cases, the FCC has 
adopted rules that streamline entry for new competitors (particularly those affiliated with telephone companies) and reduce 
franchising burdens for these new entrants. Although as a general matter internet service providers have upgraded their data 
networks to enable faster upload and download speeds for their customers in metropolitan markets before upgrading their 
data networks in our markets, CenturyLink, AT&T and other companies and municipalities have overbuilt approximately 
30% of our homes passed with fiber-to-the-node or other high-speed networks, such that they are able to offer data, video 
and voice services, including data services with high access speeds, albeit generally lower when compared to those that we 
offer. Further overbuilding could cause more of our customers to purchase data and video services from our competitors 
instead of from us. In our other markets, some of our telephone company competitors have entered into strategic partnerships 
or  other  arrangements  with  DBS  operators  that  permit  these  telephone  companies  to  package  the  video  services  of  DBS 
operators with their own DSL, residential voice and wireless voice services. An example of such arrangement is the merger 
of  AT&T  and  DirecTV.  We  also  face  increasing  competition  for  residential  voice  services  from  wireless  telephone 
companies, as some of our customers are replacing our residential voice service completely with wireless voice service. In 
addition, new entrants with significant financial resources may compete on a larger scale with our video and data services. 
We may also face increasing competition from various providers of wireless internet offerings, including wireless telephone 
carriers that are developing high-speed “5G” wireless networks and public locations or commercial establishments offering 
Wi-Fi at no cost. 

A number of municipalities have also announced plans to construct their own data networks with access speeds that 
match or exceed those of our own through the use of fiber optic technology. In some cases, local government entities and 
municipal utilities may legally compete with us without obtaining a franchise from an LFA, reducing their barriers to entry 
into our markets. The entrance of municipalities as competitors in our markets would add to the competition we face and 
could lead to additional customer attrition. 

19 

 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
Our video business also faces substantial and increasing competition from other forms of in-home entertainment and 
recreational activities, including video games, mobile apps and the internet, as well as from other media companies. Internet 
and  other  media  companies,  including  Alphabet,  Amazon,  Apple,  Sling  TV,  Hulu  and  Netflix,  increasingly  offer  video 
programming via OTT streaming on the internet. Because of the significant size and financial resources of such companies, 
we anticipate that they will continue to invest resources in increasing the availability of video content on the internet, which 
may result in less demand for the video services we provide. In addition, companies that offer OTT content in certain markets 
also provide data services, such as Alphabet, and they may seek to increase sales of their streaming content by lowering the 
cost of data services for their customers, which would further increase price competition for the data services we offer. In 
addition to creating competition for our video services business, OTT content also significantly increases the volume of traffic 
on our data networks, which can lead to decreases in access speeds for all users if data networks are not upgraded so that 
their broadband capacity can keep pace with increased traffic. Any of these events could have a material negative impact on 
our operations, business, financial results and financial condition. 

Our business is characterized by rapid technological change, and if we do not adapt to technological changes and respond 
appropriately to changes in consumer demand, our competitive position may be harmed. 

Our success is, to a large extent, dependent on our ability to acquire, develop, adopt, upgrade and exploit new and 
existing technologies to address consumers’ changing demands and distinguish our services from those of our competitors. 
We may not be able to accurately predict technological trends or the success of new products and services. If we choose 
technologies  or  equipment  that  are  less  effective,  cost-efficient  or  attractive  to  our  customers  than  those  chosen  by  our 
competitors, or if we offer services that fail to appeal to consumers, that are not available at competitive prices or that do not 
function as expected, our competitive position could deteriorate, and our business and financial results could suffer. 

The ability of some of our competitors to introduce new technologies, products and services more quickly than we can 
may  adversely  affect  our  competitive  position.  Furthermore,  advances  in  technology,  decreases  in  the  cost  of  existing 
technologies or changes in competitors’ product and service offerings may require us in the future to make additional research 
and development expenditures or to offer at no additional charge or at a lower price certain products and services that we 
currently offer to customers separately or at a premium. 

In  addition,  we  seek  to  leverage  overall  industry  experience  before  rolling  out  new  technology  in  order  to  avoid 
investing in technology that has not been proven successful in other markets. We implement this approach to avoid costly 
mistakes made by early adopters of new technology that does not provide expected returns, and it exposes us to the risk that 
one  of  our  competitors  will  adopt  successful  new  technology  before  us,  and  leverage  this  new  technology  to  attract  our 
customers, increasing the level of customer attrition we experience and adversely affecting our business. 

Business services sales increasingly contribute to our results of operations, and we face risks as we attempt to further 
focus on sales to our business customers. 

Growth in revenue from sales to our business customers in legacy Cable One markets has exceeded 11% for each year 
since we started focusing on business services sales in 2011, and we may encounter challenges as we continue our initiative 
to expand sales of data, voice and video services to our business customers. To accommodate this expansion, we expect to 
commit a greater proportion of our expenditures on technology, equipment and personnel focused on our business customers. 
If we are unable to sufficiently maintain the necessary infrastructure and internal support functions necessary to service these 
customers, potential future growth of our business services revenues would be limited. In many cases, business customers 
have service level agreements that require us to provide higher standards of service and reliability. If we are unable to meet 
these service level requirements, or more broadly, the expectations of our business customers, we would no longer expect 
business sales to increase and our results of operations may be materially negatively affected. 

The increase in programming costs and retransmission fees may continue in the future, resulting in lower margins than 
we anticipate. 

Over the past few years, the sales margins on our residential video services, which accounted for 34.6%, 36.0% and 
41.2% of our total revenues in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, have decreased as a result of increased programming costs 
and retransmission fees and customer cord-cutting. Programming costs and retransmission fees paid to major programmers 
and broadcasters may continue to increase as content providers are expected to ask for higher fees. Moreover, programming 
cost and retransmission fee increases have caused us, and may in the future cause us, to cease carrying channels offered by 
certain programmers and broadcasters, which may result in attrition of video subscribers as well as customers who subscribe 
to double-play or triple-play packages that include video service. These customer losses and increased costs could result in 
further decreases in our residential video margins and adversely impact our business. 

20 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
We may not be able to obtain necessary hardware, software and operational support. 

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers and licensors to supply some of the hardware and software 
necessary to provide some of our services, including our access to the network backbone and the set-top boxes and modems 
that we lease to our customers. Some of these vendors represent our sole source of supply or have, either through contract or 
as a result of intellectual property rights, a position of some exclusivity. If any of these parties breaches or terminates its 
agreement with us or otherwise fails to perform its obligations in a timely manner; demand exceeds these vendors’ capacity; 
they experience operating or financial difficulties; they significantly increase the amount we pay for necessary products or 
services or they cease production of any necessary product due to lack of demand, profitability, a change in their ownership 
or  otherwise;  then  our  ability  to  provide  some  services  may  be  materially  adversely  affected.  Any  of  these  events  could 
adversely affect our ability to retain and attract subscribers and have a material negative impact on our operations, business, 
financial results and financial condition. 

We recently made a significant acquisition and may make other acquisitions, which exposes us to risks and uncertainties 
associated with acquisitions. 

We  completed  the  NewWave  acquisition on  May 1,  2017,  and  we  may  make  other  acquisitions.  Such  acquisitions 

could involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including: 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

the difficulty in integrating newly acquired businesses and operations in an efficient and effective manner; 
the challenge in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other anticipated benefits; 
the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses; 
the potential diversion of senior management’s attention from our ongoing operations; 
the difficulty of maintaining relationships with the customers, suppliers and other business partners of the acquired 
business; 
the difficulty and amount of time necessary to realize expected synergies and other benefits of the acquisitions; 
the risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control systems; 
the  difficulty  in  expanding  information  technology  systems  and  other  business  processes  to  incorporate  the
acquired businesses; 

(cid:2)  potential future impairments of goodwill associated with the acquired businesses; and 
(cid:2) 

in some cases, the potential for increased regulation. 

If an acquired business fails to operate as anticipated, cannot be successfully integrated with our existing business or 
one or more of the other risks and uncertainties identified above occur in connection with our acquisitions, our operations, 
business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially negatively affected. 

Adverse conditions in the U.S. economy could impact our results of operations. 

Unfavorable  general  economic  conditions,  such  as  a  recession  or  economic  slowdown  in  the  United  States,  could 
negatively affect the affordability of and demand for some of our products and services. In difficult economic conditions, 
consumers may seek to reduce discretionary spending by forgoing purchases of our products, electing to use fewer higher 
margin services or obtaining lower cost products and services offered by other companies. Similarly, under these conditions 
the  business  customers  that  we  serve  in  the  United  States  may  delay  purchasing  decisions,  delay  full  implementation  of 
service offerings or reduce their use of services. In addition, adverse economic conditions may lead to an increased number 
of our residential and business customers that are unable to pay for services. Such conditions could also inhibit or prevent 
our third-party suppliers and licensors from supplying some of the hardware and software necessary to provide some of our 
services. If any of these events were to occur, it could have a material negative effect on our operations, business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

We rely on network and information systems and other technology, and a disruption or failure of such networks, systems 
or technology as a result of significant cybersecurity incidents, as well as outages, natural disasters (including extreme 
weather), terrorist attacks, accidental releases of information or similar events, may disrupt our business. 

Network and information systems and other technologies are critical to our operating activities, both to internal uses 
and in supplying data, video and voice services to customers. Network or information system shutdowns or other service 
disruptions caused by cyber-attacks, such as distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks, dissemination of malware and other 
malicious activity, pose increasing risks. Both unsuccessful and successful cyber-attacks on companies have continued to 
increase in frequency, scope and potential harm in recent years and, because the techniques used in such attacks have become 

21 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
more  sophisticated  and  change  frequently,  we  may  be  unable  to  anticipate  these  techniques  or  implement  adequate 
preventative  measures.  From  time  to  time  third  parties  make  malicious  attempts  to  access  our  network.  Any  successful 
attempts  could  result  in  an  unauthorized  release  of  information,  degradation  to  our  network  and  information  systems  or 
disruption to our data, video and voice services, all of which could adversely affect our results of operations. 

Our  network  and  information  systems  are  also  vulnerable  to  damage  or  interruption  from  power  outages,  natural 
disasters (including extreme weather arising from short-term weather patterns or any long-term changes), terrorist attacks 
and similar events. For example, the damage to our network infrastructure caused by Hurricanes Harvey and Katrina and the 
Joplin, Missouri tornado each created a significant disruption in our ability to provide services in affected areas. Any similar 
events  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  us  and  our  customers  in  the  future,  including  degradation  of  service,  service 
disruption, excessive call volume to call centers and damage to our plant, equipment, data and reputation. Such an event also 
could result in large expenditures necessary to repair or replace such networks or information systems or to protect them from 
similar events or damage in the future. Further, the impacts associated with extreme weather or any long-term changes, such 
as intensified storm activity, may cause increased business interruptions. 

Security breaches and other disruptions, including cyber-attacks, and our actual or perceived failure to adequately protect 
business and consumer data could give rise to liability or reputational harm. 

In the ordinary course of our business, we electronically maintain confidential, proprietary and personal information 
in our information technology systems and networks and those of third-party vendors, including customer, personnel and 
vendor data. These systems may be targets of attack by cyber criminals or other wrongdoers seeking to steal such information 
for financial gain or to harm our business operations or reputation. The loss, misuse, compromise, leakage, falsification or 
accidental release of such information may result in costly investigations, remediation efforts and notification to affected 
consumers. Cyber-attacks could also adversely affect our operating results, consume internal resources and result in litigation 
or potential liability for us and otherwise harm our business. 

Various U.S. Federal, state and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and 
security of consumer data. This area of the law is evolving, and interpretations of applicable laws and regulations differ. 
Legislative and regulatory activity in the privacy area may result in new laws that are relevant to our operations, for example, 
use of consumer data for marketing or advertising. Claims of failure to comply with our privacy policies or applicable laws 
or regulations could form the basis of governmental or private-party actions against us. Such claims and actions may cause 
damage to our reputation and could have an adverse effect on our business. 

Intellectual property and proprietary rights of others could prevent us from using necessary technology to provide our 
services or subject us to expensive intellectual property litigation. 

We periodically receive claims from third parties alleging that our network and information technology infrastructure 
infringes the intellectual property rights of others. We are generally named as joint defendants in these suits together with 
other providers of data, video and voice services. Typically these claims allege that aspects of our cable system architecture, 
electronic program guides, cable modem technology and VoIP services infringe on process patents held by third parties. It is 
likely that we will continue to be subject to similar claims as they relate to our cable business. Addressing these claims is a 
time-consuming and expensive endeavor, regardless of the merits of the claims. In order to resolve such a claim, we could 
determine the need to change our method of doing business, enter into a licensing agreement or incur substantial monetary 
liability. It is also possible that our business could be enjoined from using the intellectual property at issue, causing us to 
significantly alter our operations. If any such claims are successful, then the outcome would likely affect our services utilizing 
the intellectual property at issue and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. 

If we are unable to retain key employees, our ability to manage our business could be adversely affected. 

Our  operational  results  have  depended,  and  our  future  results  will  depend,  upon  the  retention  and  continued 
performance  of  our  management  team.  The  competitive  environment  for  management  talent  in  the  broadband 
communications industry could adversely impact our ability to retain and hire new key employees for management positions. 
The  loss  of  the  services  of  key  members  of  management  and  the  inability  or  delay  in  hiring  new  key  employees  could 
adversely affect our ability to manage our business and our future operational and financial results. 

22 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our  spin-off  from  GHC  could  result  in  a significant  tax  liability  to GHC  and  its  stockholders,  and  we  could have an 
indemnification obligation to GHC if the spin-off were determined not to qualify for non-recognition treatment, which 
could materially adversely affect our financial condition. 

Completion of the spin-off required GHC’s receipt of a written opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP to the effect 
that the spin-off should qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, 
as amended (the “Code”). 

The opinion of counsel is based on certain assumptions and representations as to factual matters from GHC, us and 
Donald E. Graham. The opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or the courts, and there can be 
no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. GHC has not requested, and does not intend to request, 
a ruling from the IRS regarding the U.S. Federal income tax consequences of the spin-off. 

If the spin-off were determined not to qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss, GHC, its stockholders who received 

our common stock in the spin-off, or both, could be subject to tax. Any such tax liability could be material. 

Additionally, if, due to any of our representations being untrue or our covenants being breached, it were determined 
that the spin-off did not qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss under Section 355 of the Code, we could be required to 
indemnify GHC for its resulting taxes and related expenses. Any such indemnification obligation could materially adversely 
affect our financial condition. 

We  agreed  to  numerous  restrictions  to  preserve  the  non-recognition  treatment  of  the  spin-off,  which  may  reduce  our 
strategic and operating flexibility. 

We agreed in the Tax Matters Agreement to covenants and indemnification obligations that address compliance with 
Section 355  of  the  Code.  These  covenants  and  indemnification  obligations  may  limit  our  ability  to  pursue  strategic 
transactions  or  engage  in  new  businesses  or  other  transactions  that  may  maximize  the  value  of  our  business  and  might 
discourage  or  delay  a  strategic  transaction  that  our  stockholders  may  consider  favorable.  Any  such  indemnification 
obligations could materially adversely affect our financial condition. 

We may have been able to receive better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we received in our agreements 
with GHC. 

In  connection  with  the  spin-off,  we  entered  into  agreements  with  GHC,  including  the  Separation  and  Distribution 
Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement and Employee Matters Agreement, while we were still part of GHC. Accordingly, these 
agreements may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties. 
The terms of these agreements relate to, among other things, allocations of assets, liabilities, rights, indemnifications and 
other obligations between GHC and us. We may have received better terms from third parties. 

Risks Relating to Regulation and Legislation 

The  profitability  of  our  data  services  offerings  may  be  impacted  by  legislative  or  regulatory  efforts  to  impose  “net 
neutrality” and other new requirements on cable operators. 

The majority of our current Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures comes from residential data services, and we 
expect that a majority of our residential customers will be data-only in the future. We have aligned our resources to emphasize 
increased sales of data services, as well as sales to business customers. In order to continue to generate Adjusted EBITDA 
less  capital  expenditures  at  our  desired  level  from  data  services,  we  need  the  continued  flexibility  to  develop  and  refine 
business models that respond to changing consumer uses and demands and to manage data usage efficiently, including by 
charging our data subscribers higher rates based on the overall bandwidth capacity available to, or used by, them, referred to 
as “usage-based billing.” Our ability to implement usage-based billing or other network management initiatives in the future 
may be restricted by any new net neutrality requirements on cable operators. 

To the extent the FCC in the future limits our ability to price our data services, we may not be able to generate the 
margins on our data services that we anticipated in shifting our focus from video to data services, and our business could be 
materially negatively impacted. While the FCC has eliminated most net neutrality requirements, the FCC, Congress, states 
or the courts may revisit this determination in the future. Further, current rules only require that a portion of revenues from 
VoIP services be contributed to the USF and USF is not applied to broadband services. The changes brought about by how 
USF monies are distributed may provide funding and subsidies to those who either compete with us or seek to compete with 

23 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
us and therefore put us at a competitive disadvantage. Moreover, if the FCC imposes USF fees on broadband services, bundled 
services or a larger portion of VoIP services, it would increase the cost of our services and harm our ability to compete. 

The  regulation  of  broadband  activities  and  any  related  court  decisions  could  restrict  our  ability  to  profit  from  our 
existing broadband network and limit the return we can expect to achieve on past and future investments in our broadband 
networks. We cannot predict what, if any, proposals might be adopted or what effect they might have on our business. 

Our video and voice services are subject to additional regulation by U.S. Federal, state and local authorities, which may 
impose additional costs and restrictions on our businesses. 

Our video services business operates in a highly regulated environment. Our cable systems generally operate pursuant 
to franchises, permits and similar authorizations issued by LFAs controlling the public rights-of-way, which typically are 
non-exclusive and limited in time, contain various conditions and limitations and provide for the payment of fees to the local 
authority,  determined  generally  as  a  percentage  of  revenues. Failure  to  comply  with  all  of  the  terms  and  conditions  of  a 
franchise may give rise to rights of termination by the franchising authority. 

We have the ability, pursuant to the Copyright Act, under certain terms and conditions, to retransmit the signals of 
television stations pursuant to a compulsory copyright license. From time to time, revisions to the cable compulsory copyright 
rules are considered. It is possible that changes in the rules or copyright compulsory license fee computations or compliance 
procedures could have an adverse effect on our business by, for example, increasing copyright compulsory license fee costs 
or by causing us to reduce or discontinue carriage of certain broadcast signals that we currently carry on a discretionary basis. 

In addition, Congress, the FCC and other government agencies have implemented regulations that affect the types of 
set-top boxes that we can lease or deploy to our subscribers, and we expect these regulations to change in the future. Most 
recently, in January 2013, the U.S. Department of Energy tentatively designated set-top boxes and network equipment as 
covered consumer products and proposed to adopt a new test procedure for set-top boxes as part of its Energy Conservation 
Program for Consumer Products and Certain Commercial and Industry Equipment. In December 2013, the Department of 
Energy withdrew its proposed rules to designate set-top boxes and network equipment as a covered product and to establish 
a test procedure for set-top boxes, but stated that it would consider reinitiating the rulemaking. Imposing energy conservation 
regulations on the hardware products we provide to our customers could impede innovation and require mandatory upgrades 
in our set-top boxes and be costly to us. In February 2016, the FCC opened a rulemaking to consider proposals that would 
require any retail video device to work on any cable operator’s system, but this item was removed from active FCC review. 
We  cannot  predict  when,  whether  or  to  what  extent  any  of  these  proposals  will  be  resolved  or  how  they  will  affect  our 
operations. 

Our voice services business is also subject to a growing degree of regulation. Complying with these regulations may 
increase  the  costs  we  incur  and  decrease  the  revenues  we  derive  from  our  voice  business.  While  the  compliance  costs 
associated with the current regulatory structure applicable to our voice services business are manageable, changes in this 
regulatory  structure  are  unpredictable  and  have  the  potential  to  further  negatively  impact  our  voice  services  business  by 
increasing compliance costs and/or taxes. 

Our cable system franchises are subject to non-renewal or termination. The failure to renew a franchise in one or more 
markets could adversely affect our business. 

Many of the LFAs from whom we have obtained franchises, permits and similar authorizations required to operate our 
video  services  business  have  established  comprehensive  facilities  and  service  requirements,  as  well  as  specific  customer 
service  standards  and  monetary  penalties  for  non-compliance.  In  many  cases,  our  franchises  are  terminable  if  we  fail  to 
comply with significant provisions set forth in the applicable franchise agreement governing our video operations. Franchises 
are generally granted for fixed terms and must be periodically renewed. LFAs may resist granting a renewal if either past 
performance  or  the  prospective  operating  proposal  is  considered  inadequate.  LFAs  often  demand  concessions  or  other 
commitments as a condition to renewal. The traditional cable franchising regime has recently undergone significant change 
as a result of various Federal and state actions. Some state franchising laws do not allow us to immediately opt into favorable 
statewide  franchising.  In  many  cases,  state  franchising  laws  will  result  in  fewer  franchise  imposed  requirements  for  our 
competitors who are new entrants than for us, until we are able to opt into the applicable state franchise. We cannot assure 
that we will be able to comply with all significant provisions of our franchise agreements and certain of our franchisers have 
from time to time alleged that we have not complied with these agreements. Additionally, although historically we have 
renewed our franchises without incurring significant costs, we cannot assure that we will be able to renew, or to renew as 
favorably, our franchises in the future. A termination of or a sustained failure to renew a franchise in one or more markets 
could materially negatively affect our business in the affected geographic area. 

24 

 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
In addition, certain of our franchise agreements require that the applicable LFA approve a transfer of control of our 
Company. Although FCC rules provide that a transfer application shall be deemed granted if it is not acted upon within a 120 
days after submission, as a practical matter, cable operators often waive the deadline if the LFA has not completed its review 
to  facilitate  discussions  and  thereby  avoid  an  LFA  denying  the  transfer  of  control.  Failure  to  obtain  such  consents  on 
commercially reasonable and satisfactory terms may impair our entitlement to the benefit of these franchise agreements in 
the future and could materially negatively affect our business. 

We may encounter increased pole attachment costs. 

Under U.S. Federal law, we have the right to attach cables carrying video and other services to telephone and similar 
poles and underground conduits owned by utility companies. In addition, U.S. Federal law requires most telephone and power 
utilities to charge reasonable rates to cable operators for utilizing space on utility poles or in underground conduits in order 
to transmit video services to customers. However, because these cables may carry services other than video services, such as 
voice services, some utility pole owners have sought to impose on cable companies a telecommunications rate for utilizing 
pole space for voice services, which is higher than the statutory rate charged to cable operators for video services. In May 
2010 and again in April 2011, the FCC adopted new requirements relating to pole access and construction practices that were 
expected to improve the ability of cable operators to attach to utility poles on a timely basis and to lower the pole attachment 
rate for voice services. In October 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court declined to review a lower court’s decision to uphold the 
FCC’s pole attachment regulations. The FCC further revised its pole attachment rules in November 2015 to adjust the formula 
for calculating pole rental rates, which resulted in similar rates for telecommunications attachments and cable attachments, 
and eliminated the ability of utility companies to justify higher rates for pole attachments used to provide broadband internet 
access  service.  In  July  2017,  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  Eighth  Circuit  upheld  the  FCC’s  November  2015  pole 
attachment decision. The utility companies filed a petition for certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court in November 2017, 
and responses to the petition are due March 9, 2018. We cannot predict the outcome of this proceeding, or how this proceeding 
may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. In the meantime, the appropriate method for calculating pole 
attachment rates for cable operators that provide VoIP services remains unclear, although the FCC’s rule revisions to equalize 
pole attachment rates and its December 2017 reversal of its previous reclassification of broadband internet access services 
make this issue less significant. We cannot predict the extent to which regulatory changes may affect our ability over time to 
secure timely access to poles at reasonable rates for our data, voice and video services. As a general matter, changes to our 
pole attachment rate structure could significantly increase our annual pole attachment costs and materially negatively impact 
our operations, business, financial condition and results of operations. 

LFAs  have  the  ability  to  impose  additional  regulatory  constraints  on  our  business,  which  could  further  increase  our 
expenses. 

In  addition  to  the  franchise  agreement,  LFAs  in  some  jurisdictions  have  adopted  cable  regulatory  ordinances  that 
further regulate the operation of cable systems, and the services we provide in the jurisdiction. This additional regulation 
increases the cost of operating our business. LFAs may impose new and more restrictive requirements. LFAs who are certified 
to regulate rates in their communities generally have the power to reduce rates and order refunds on the rates charged for 
basic video service and equipment. 

Changes in broadcast carriage regulations could impose significant additional costs. 

Although we would likely choose to carry all primary video feeds of local broadcast stations in the markets in which 
we operate voluntarily, so-called “must carry” rules could, in the future, require us to carry some local broadcast television 
signals on some of our cable systems that we might not otherwise carry. If the FCC seeks to revise or expand the “must carry” 
rules, such as to require carriage of multicast streams, we would be forced to carry video programming that we would not 
otherwise carry and potentially drop other, more popular programming in order to free capacity for the required programming, 
which could make us less competitive. Moreover, if the FCC adopts rules that are not competitively neutral, cable operators 
could be placed at a disadvantage versus other video providers. 

The  FCC  has  taken  steps  and  proceedings  to  relax  its  media  ownership  rules,  which,  among  other  things,  would 
eliminate  restrictions  that  limit  the  number  of  commonly  owned  television  stations  per  market  and  restrict 
newspaper/broadcast  and  radio/television  station  cross-ownership  and  could  eventually  lead  to  increasing  the  cap  on  the 
number of television stations that one entity can control nationwide. However, these rule changes have been challenged in 
Federal court. If some or all of these changes or proposed changes were to go into effect, it would increase the negotiating 
leverage that broadcasters hold in retransmission consent negotiations and thereby possibly increase the amounts we pay to 
broadcasters to retransmit their television stations on its cable systems. 

25 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
In  November  2017,  the  FCC  adopted  new  rules  to  authorize  television  stations  to  use  the  “Next  Generation  TV” 
broadcast television standard, ATSC 3.0. Should use of the new standard become widespread, we could be required to deploy 
new equipment and our carriage obligations may be impacted. We cannot predict the effect that use of the new standard could 
have on our equipment costs, carriage obligations, or retransmission fees. Any of these events could adversely affect our 
business. 

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness 

We incurred indebtedness in connection with the spin-off and the NewWave acquisition, and the degree to which we are 
now leveraged may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and cash 
flows. 

In connection with the spin-off, we incurred indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of $550 million, of which 
$450 million was distributed to GHC prior to the consummation of the spin-off. Further, in connection with the NewWave 
acquisition, we incurred $250 million and $500 million of senior secured loans maturing in five and seven years, respectively, 
to finance the acquisition and related fees and expenses and to pay off $93.8 million of our existing indebtedness. 

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the debt incurred in connection with the 
spin-off and the NewWave acquisition, as well as any future debt that we may incur, will depend on our ability to generate 
cash in the future from operations, financings or asset sales. Our ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, 
financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. 

The terms of our indebtedness restricts our current and future operations, particularly our ability to incur debt that we 
may need to fund initiatives in response to changes in our business, the industries in which we operate, the economy and 
governmental regulations. 

The terms of our indebtedness include a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial 
restrictions on us and limit our ability to engage in actions that may be in our long-term best interests. These may restrict our 
ability to take some or all of the following actions: 

(cid:2) 
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or sell disqualified or preferred stock; 
(cid:2)  pay dividends on, make distributions in respect of, repurchase or redeem, capital stock; 
(cid:2)  make investments or acquisitions; 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2)  prepay, repurchase or redeem certain kinds of indebtedness; 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of certain assets; 
create liens; 
enter into sale/leaseback transactions; 
enter into agreements restricting the ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany transfers; 
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our or our subsidiaries’ assets; 
enter into transactions with affiliates; 

issue or sell stock of our subsidiaries; and/or 
significantly change the nature of our business. 

As a result of all of these restrictions, we may be: 

limited in how we conduct our business and pursue our strategy; 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2)  unable to raise additional debt financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or 
(cid:2)  unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. 

26 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
A  breach  of  any  of  these  covenants,  if  applicable,  could  result  in  an  event  of  default  under  the  terms  of  our 
indebtedness. If an event of default occurs, the lenders would have the right to accelerate the repayment of such debt and the 
event of default or acceleration may result in the acceleration of the repayment of any other of our debt to which a cross-
default or cross-acceleration provision applies. Furthermore, the lenders of this indebtedness may require that we pledge our 
assets as collateral as security for our repayment obligations. If we were unable to repay any amount of this indebtedness 
when due and payable, the lenders could proceed against the collateral that secures this indebtedness. In the event our creditors 
accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness and our financial 
condition will be materially negatively affected. 

We have variable rate indebtedness that subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to 
increase significantly. 

As of the end of 2017, we had $744.4 million of outstanding term loans and an additional $196.9 million of undrawn 
revolving credit facilities with variable rates of interest that expose us to interest rate risks. If interest rates increase, our debt 
service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, 
and our net income and cash flows will correspondingly decrease. In addition, we will be exposed to the risk of rising interest 
rates to the extent that we fund our operations with short-term or variable-rate borrowings. Even if we enter into interest rate 
swaps in the future in order to reduce future interest rate volatility, we may not elect to maintain such interest rate swaps with 
respect to our variable rate indebtedness, if any, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk. As 
a result, our financial condition could be materially negatively affected. 

Our  ability  to  incur  future  indebtedness,  whether  for  general  corporate  purposes  or  for  acquisitions  and  strategic 
investments, may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. 

We  may  need  to  seek  additional  financing  for  our  general  corporate  purposes  or  for  acquisitions  and  strategic 
investments in the future. We may be unable to obtain additional indebtedness on terms favorable to us, or at all, including 
because of the terms of our current indebtedness. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable 
to fund our future activities, which could negatively affect our business. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of 
equity securities, our stockholders could experience dilution of their ownership interest. If we raise additional funds by issuing 
debt, we may be subject to limitations on our operations due to restrictive covenants. 

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and the Securities Market 

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control. 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, depending on many factors, some of which may 

be beyond our control, including: 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our business; 
success or failure of our business strategies; 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions; 
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; 
the failure of securities analysts to cover, or maintain coverage of, our common stock; 
changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates; 
the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies; 
investor perception of our Company and the cable industry; 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2)  our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry; 
(cid:2)  our ability to obtain financing as needed; 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2)  overall market fluctuations; 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2)  general economic conditions and other external factors. 

results from any material litigation or government investigation; 
changes in laws and regulations (including tax laws and regulations) affecting our business; 
changes in capital gains taxes and taxes on dividends affecting stockholders; and 

27 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Low trading volume for our stock, which may occur if an active trading market is not sustained, among other reasons, 

would amplify the effect of the above factors on our stock price volatility. 

Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a 

particular company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. 

We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness limits our ability 
to pay dividends on our common stock. 

The timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends to stockholders falls within the discretion of our 
Board. Our Board’s decisions regarding the amount and payment of future dividends will depend on many factors, including 
our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our business and covenants associated with debt obligations, as well 
as legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other factors that our Board deems relevant. There can be 
no assurance that we will continue to pay any dividend in the future. 

Your percentage ownership in our Company may be diluted in the future. 

Your percentage ownership in our Company may be diluted in the future because of equity awards granted, and that 
we expect to grant in the future, to our directors, officers and other employees. In addition, we may issue equity as all or part 
of the consideration paid for acquisitions and strategic investments that we may make in the future or as necessary to finance 
our ongoing operations. 

Certain provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and 
Delaware law may discourage takeovers and the concentration of ownership of our common stock will affect the voting 
results of matters submitted for stockholder approval. 

Several provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and 
Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that is opposed by our Board or certain stockholders 
holding a significant percentage of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock. These include provisions that: 

(cid:2)  divide  our  Board  into  three  classes  of  directors,  standing  for  election  on  a  staggered  basis,  such  that  only

approximately one-third of the directors constituting our Board may change each year; 

(cid:2)  do not permit our stockholders to act by written consent and require that stockholder action must take place at an

annual or special meeting of our stockholders; 

(cid:2)  provide that only our Chief Executive Officer and a majority of our directors, and not our stockholders, may call

a special meeting of our stockholders; 
require the approval of our Board or the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least 66 2(cid:3)3% of the voting 
power of our capital stock to amend our Amended and Restated By-laws; and 
limit our ability to enter into business combination transactions with certain stockholders. 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

These and other provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws 
and  Delaware  law  may  discourage,  delay  or  prevent  certain  types  of  transactions  involving  an  actual  or  a  threatened 
acquisition or change in control of our Company, including unsolicited takeover attempts, even though the transaction may 
offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their shares of our common stock at a price above the prevailing market price. 

28 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  

PROPERTIES 

Our headquarters, which we purchased in 2012, is located in Phoenix, Arizona. The majority of the offices and headend 

facilities of our individual cable systems are located in buildings owned by us.  

ITEM 3.  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In the ordinary course of business, we periodically receive claims from third parties alleging that our network and 
information technology infrastructure infringes the intellectual property rights of others. We are generally named as joint 
defendants in these suits together with other providers of data, video and voice services. Typically these claims allege that 
aspects of our cable system architecture, electronic program guides, cable modem technology or VoIP services infringe on 
process patents held by third parties. In addition, we have been subject to various civil lawsuits in the ordinary course of 
business, including contract disputes, actions alleging negligence, invasion of privacy, violations of applicable wage and hour 
laws and statutory and common law claims involving various other matters. We do not view any of these proceedings as 
material to our business, and are currently not subject to any other material legal proceedings. 

ITEM 4.  

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

29 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  

MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTER
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Information 

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock for the quarterly periods indicated 

as reported by the New York Stock Exchange. 

First Quarter .................................................................................   $ 
Second Quarter .............................................................................   $ 
Third Quarter ................................................................................   $ 
Fourth Quarter ..............................................................................   $ 

649.79    $
734.35    $
788.00    $
764.55    $

564.26    $ 
624.92    $ 
704.34    $ 
627.25    $ 

459.40    $
518.31    $
589.76    $
635.85    $

390.00  
430.21  
506.43  
559.83  

2017 

2016 

   High 

Low 

     High 

Low 

Holders 

As of February 23, 2018, there were 428 holders of record of our common stock and 5,733,384 shares of our common 

stock outstanding. 

Dividends 

The following table sets forth the dividends declared on our common stock for the quarterly periods indicated. 

First Quarter .....................................................................................................................   $
Second Quarter .................................................................................................................   $
Third Quarter ....................................................................................................................   $
Fourth Quarter ..................................................................................................................   $
Total .................................................................................................................................   $

1.50     $
1.50     $
1.75     $
1.75     $
6.50     $

1.50  
1.50  
1.50  
1.50  
6.00  

2017 

2016 

We expect to continue to pay quarterly dividends, although the timing, declaration, amount and payment of future 

dividends to stockholders falls within the discretion of our Board. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

For equity compensation plan information, refer to Item 12 in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

30 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock between July 1, 2015 (the 
date our stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange) and December 31, 2017 with the cumulative total returns of 
the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index, a new custom peer group index (the “New Peer Group”), which was created because 
of the initial public offerings of two data, video and voice companies, and our prior peer group index (the “Prior Peer Group”). 
For  purposes  of  this  graph,  it  assumes  a  hypothetical  $100  investment  on  July  1,  2015  and  that  dividends,  if  any,  were 
reinvested. The New Peer Group of data, video and voice services companies includes Altice USA, Inc. (beginning June 22, 
2017);  Charter  Communications,  Inc.;  Comcast  Corporation;  General  Communication,  Inc.;  and  WideOpenWest,  Inc. 
(beginning  May  25,  2017).  The  Prior  Peer  Group  of  data,  video  and  voice  services  companies  includes  Charter 
Communications, Inc.; Comcast Corporation; General Communication, Inc.; and our Company.  

The stock price performance shown on this graph is based on historical results and is not necessarily indicative of 
future stock price performance. The graph is furnished solely to accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not 
being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that section, and shall 
not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
or the Exchange Act. 

31 

 
  
  
 
 
 
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  relating  to  the  purchases  of  our  common  stock  by  us  and  any 
affiliated  purchasers  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  10b-18(a)(3)  under  the  Exchange  Act  during  the  three  months  ended 
December 31, 2017 (dollars in thousands, except per share data): 

Total Number 
of  Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of 
Publicly  
Announced 
Plans  
or Programs (1)   

Maximum 
Dollar  
Value of 
Shares 
that May Yet 
Be Purchased 
Under the 
Plans 
or Programs   
176,865 
176,728 
176,728 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

Average 
Price Paid 
Per Share 

Period 
October 1 to 31, 2017 (2) ...............................................     
November 1 to 30, 2017 (3) ...........................................     
December 1 to 31, 2017 (2) ...........................................     
Total ............................................................................     
______________ 
(1)  On July 1, 2015, the Board authorized up to $250 million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares
of Company common stock), which was announced on August 7, 2015. Purchases under the share repurchase program
may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these
purchases are based on a number of factors, including share price and business and market conditions. 

720.79    
683.98    
684.40    
689.56    

535  $ 
223  $ 
2,995  $ 
3,753  $ 

-  $ 
200  $ 
-  $ 
200    

(2)  Represents  shares  withheld  from  employees to  satisfy  estimated  tax  withholding  obligations  in  connection  with  the
vesting  of  restricted  shares  and/or  exercises  of  stock  appreciation  rights  (“SARs”)  under  the  Amended  and  Restated
Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2015 Plan”). The average price paid per share for the
common stock withheld was based on the closing price of our common stock on the applicable vesting or exercise date. 
Includes 23 shares withheld from employees to satisfy estimated tax withholding obligations in connection with exercises
of SARs under the 2015 Plan. The average price paid per share for the common stock withheld was based on the closing
price of our common stock on the applicable exercise date. 

(3) 

ITEM 6.  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table presents selected historical financial information. We derived the selected consolidated balance 
sheet information as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the selected consolidated statement of operations information for 
the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We derived the selected consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 
2015, 2014 and 2013, and the selected consolidated statement of operations information for the years ended December 31, 
2014 and 2013 from our consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and which 
reflects the impact of the revision to our previously issued consolidated financial statements to correct for certain prior period 
errors primarily related to the capitalization and depreciation of internal labor and related costs, as more fully described in 
Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements. 

32 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The selected historical financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated 
financial  statements  and  the  accompanying  notes  thereto,  and  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. For each of the periods 
presented prior  to  July 1, 2015,  we  were  a  separate  wholly owned  subsidiary  of GHC. The financial  information for  the 
periods prior to July 1, 2015 may not necessarily reflect what our financial position, results of operations and cash flows 
would  have  been  had  we  been  a  stand-alone  entity  during  the  periods  presented,  as  such  historical  financial  information 
includes  allocations  of  certain  GHC  corporate  expenses.  We  believe  the  assumptions  and  methodologies  underlying  the 
allocation of those expenses were reasonable. However, such expenses may not be indicative of the actual level of expense 
that we would have incurred if we had operated as a stand-alone entity. Further, our 2017 financial position and operating 
results include the prospective adoption of a change in estimate and change in accounting principle for capitalized labor costs 
effective  in  the  first  quarter  of  2017,  as  well  as  eight  months  of  NewWave  operations  following  the  completion  of our 
acquisition of NewWave on May 1, 2017. These matters may impact comparability across periods. 

(in thousands, except per share data) 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Information 
Revenues ..............................................................   $
Net income ...........................................................   $

2017 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

2013 

960,029    $  819,625    $
234,028    $  101,102    $

807,266    $
91,822    $

814,812    $
147,907    $

825,707  
104,156  

Net income per common share: 

Basic .................................................................   $
Diluted ..............................................................   $

41.20    $ 
40.72    $ 

17.60    $
17.52    $

15.69    $
15.67    $

25.31    $
25.31    $

17.82  
17.82  

Cash dividends declared per common share ........   $

6.50    $ 

6.00    $

1.50    $

-    $

-  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information 
Cash and cash equivalents ....................................   $
6,238  
Total assets ...........................................................   $ 2,218,329    $  1,421,089    $ 1,422,466    $ 1,283,866    $ 1,277,449  
Total debt, including capital lease obligations 

161,752    $  138,040    $

119,199    $

6,410    $

and excluding debt issuance costs ....................   $ 1,194,642    $  545,284    $
Total liabilities .....................................................   $ 1,546,913    $  951,812    $
671,416    $  469,277    $
Total stockholders’ equity ....................................   $

549,051    $
974,517    $
447,949    $

-    $
420,764    $
863,102    $

-  
459,891  
817,558  

ITEM 7.  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS 

Forward-Looking Statements 

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our 
accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as 
well  as  the  discussion  in  the  section  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  entitled  “Business.”  This  discussion  contains 
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do 
not  relate  strictly  to  historical  or  current  facts,  but  rather  are  based  on  current  expectations,  estimates,  assumptions  and 
projections about the cable industry and our business and financial results. Forward-looking statements often include words 
such  as  “anticipates,”  “estimates,”  “expects,”  “projects,”  “intends,”  “plans,”  “believes”  and  words  and  terms  of  similar 
substance in connection with discussions of future operating or financial performance. Accordingly, undue reliance should 
not be placed on any forward-looking statement made by us or on our behalf. Our actual results may vary materially from 
those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the 
sections  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  entitled  “Risk  Factors”  and  “Cautionary  Statement  Regarding  Forward-
Looking Statements.” 

Overview  

Spin-Off  

On July 1, 2015, Cable One became an independent company traded under the ticker symbol “CABO” on the New 
York  Stock  Exchange.  The spin-off  was  effected  through  the  distribution  by  GHC of  100% of  the outstanding  shares of 
common  stock  of  Cable  One  to  GHC  stockholders  as  of  the  record  date  for  the  distribution  in  a  pro  rata  dividend.  In 
connection with the spin-off, approximately 5.84 million shares of Cable One’s common stock were issued and outstanding 

33 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
on July 1, 2015, based on approximately 0.96 million shares of GHC Class A Common Stock and 4.88 million shares of 
GHC Class B Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015. No preferred stock was issued or outstanding. 

Our Business 

We are a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice services in 21 Western, Midwestern and Southern states. 
We provide these broadband services to residential and business customers in more than 750 communities. The markets we 
serve are primarily non-metropolitan, secondary markets, with 77% of our customers located in seven states: Arizona, Idaho, 
Illinois, Mississippi, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas. Our biggest customer concentrations are in the Mississippi Gulf Coast 
region and in the greater Boise, Idaho region. We are among the 10 largest cable system operators in the United States based 
on customers and revenues in 2017, providing service to 797,537 residential and business customers out of approximately 
2.1  million  homes  passed  as  of  December  31,  2017.  Of  these  customers,  643,153  subscribed  to  data  services,  363,888 
subscribed to video services and 134,881 subscribed to voice services. 

We generate substantially all of our revenues through five primary products. Ranked by share of our total revenues 
during 2017, they are residential data (43.2%), residential video (34.6%), business services (data, voice and video – 13.7%), 
residential  voice  (4.6%) and  advertising  sales  (2.6%).  The  profit  margins,  growth  rates  and  capital  intensity  of  our  five 
primary products vary significantly due to competition, product maturity and relative costs. 

In 2017, our Adjusted EBITDA margins for residential data and business services were approximately four and five 
times greater, respectively, than for residential video. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin for a product line as Adjusted 
EBITDA attributable to that product line divided by revenue attributable to that product line (see “Use of Adjusted EBITDA” 
below for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the most 
directly  comparable  GAAP  measure).  This  margin  disparity  is  largely  the  result  of  significant  programming  costs  and 
retransmission fees incurred to deliver residential video services, which in each of the last three years represented between 
50% and 60% of total residential video revenues (in addition to the other material direct and indirect costs associated with 
residential  video).  None  of  our  other  product  lines  has  direct  costs  representing  as  substantial  a  portion  of  revenues  as 
programming costs and retransmission fees represent for residential video, and indirect costs are allocated equally on a per 
PSU basis. Programming costs and retransmission fees have a meaningfully lower impact on business services margins than 
residential video because business services include data, voice and video, diminishing the relative impact of programming 
costs and retransmission fees on that product line as a whole.  

Prior  to  2012,  we  were  focused  on  growing  revenues  through  subscriber  retention  and  growth  in  overall  PSUs. 
Accordingly, our strategies consisted of, among others, offering promotional discounts to new and existing subscribers adding 
new services and to subscribers purchasing more than one service offering. Since 2012, we have adapted our strategy to face 
the industry-wide trends of declining profitability of residential video services and declining revenues from residential voice 
services. We believe the declining profitability of residential video services is primarily due to increasing programming costs 
and  retransmission  fees  and  competition  from  other  content  providers  and  the  declining  revenues  from  residential  voice 
services is primarily due to the increasing use of wireless voice services in addition to, or instead of, residential voice service. 
Beginning in 2013, we shifted our focus away from maximizing customer PSUs and towards growing and maintaining our 
higher  margin  businesses,  namely  residential  data  and  business  services.  Separately,  we  have  also  focused  on  retaining 
customers with a high expected LTV, who are less attracted by discounting, require less support and churn less. This strategy 
focuses on increasing Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and margins. 

The trends described above have impacted our four largest product lines in the following ways: 

(cid:2)  Residential data. We experienced growth in the number of, and revenues from, our residential data customers
every year since 2013. We expect this growth to continue due to projected increases in the number of potential
customers for us to serve, as there are still a number of households in our markets that do not subscribe to data
services from any provider. We expect to capture a portion of these customers and anticipate capturing additional
market share from existing data subscribers due to our continued upgrades in broadband capacity, our ability to 
offer higher access speeds than many of our competitors and our Wi-Fi support service. 

(cid:2)  Residential video. Residential video service is a competitive and highly penetrated business. As we focus on the
higher-margin businesses of residential data and business services, we are de-emphasizing our residential video
business and, as a result, expect residential video revenues to continue to decline in the future. 

(cid:2)  Residential voice. We have experienced declines in residential voice customers as a result of homes in the United
States deciding to terminate their residential voice service and exclusively use wireless voice service providers. 
We believe this trend will continue because of competition from wireless voice service. Revenues from residential
voice customers have declined over recent years, and we expect this decline will continue. 

34 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
(cid:2)  Business services. We have experienced significant growth in business data and voice customers and revenues and
expect this growth to continue. We attribute this growth to our strategic focus shift on increasing sales to business
customers and our recently expanded efforts to attract enterprise business customers. Margins in products sold to
business customers have remained attractive, and we expect this trend to continue. 

We  continue  to  experience  increased  competition,  particularly  from  telephone  companies,  cable  and  municipal 
overbuilders, OTT video providers and DBS television providers. Because of the levels of competition we face, we believe 
it is important to make investments in our infrastructure. We made elevated levels of capital investments between 2012 and 
2017 to increase our cable plant capacities and reliability, launch all-digital video services, which has freed up approximately 
half of average plant bandwidth for data services, and increase data capacity by moving from four-channel bonding to 32-
channel bonding. We expect to continue devoting financial resources to infrastructure improvements, including in the new 
markets we acquired in the NewWave transaction, because we believe these investments are necessary to remain competitive. 
We expect to spend up to $60 million over three years, including $10 million spent in 2017, to enhance the acquired NewWave 
systems by rebuilding low capacity markets, launching all-digital video services, implementing 32-channel bonding to enable 
a  1  Gbps  download  speed  product  launch,  converting  back  office  functions  such  as  billing,  accounting  and  service 
provisioning and migrating products to legacy Cable One platforms. 

Our goals are to continue to grow residential data and business services and to maintain profit margins to deliver strong 
Adjusted EBITDA. To achieve these goals, we intend to continue our industrial engineering-driven cost management, remain 
focused on customers with high LTV and follow through with further planned investments in broadband plant upgrades and 
new data services offerings for residential and business customers. 

On May 1, 2017, we completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding equity interests of NewWave, and NewWave 
became a wholly owned subsidiary of Cable One. We paid a purchase price of $740.2 million in cash on a debt-free basis 
and  subject  to  customary  post-closing  adjustments.  In  connection  with  the  transaction,  we  amended  our  existing  credit 
agreement and incurred $750 million of senior secured loans which were used to finance the acquisition, pay off our existing 
term loan and pay related fees and expenses. See Notes 3 and 8 of the Notes to our consolidated financial statements included 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for details on these transactions.  

Results of Operations 

Basis of Presentation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and the rules and 
regulations  of  the  SEC.  They  reflect  the  historical  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  and  Comprehensive  Income, 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
of our Company for the years presented. 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect our results of operations and financial position as a stand-
alone company following the spin-off. Prior to the spin-off, the accompanying consolidated financial statements were derived 
from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of GHC. The impact of transactions between our Company 
and GHC was included in these consolidated financial statements and was considered to be effectively settled for cash in the 
consolidated  financial  statements  at  the  time  the  spin-off  was  effective.  The  total  net  effect  of  the  settlement  of  these 
intercompany transactions was reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as a financing activity and in the 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity as Additional GHC investment (deficit) for 2015. In connection with the 
spin-off, we distributed $450 million to GHC, which was funded by our senior unsecured notes. We also entered into a credit 
agreement for a five-year revolving credit facility of $200 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and a five-year term loan 
of $100 million (the “Term Loan”). 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 include eight months of 
NewWave  operations  following  the  completion  of  the  acquisition  on  May  1,  2017.  In  connection  with  the  NewWave 
acquisition, we amended the credit agreement and incurred $250 million and $500 million of senior secured loans maturing 
in five and seven years, respectively, to finance the acquisition and related fees and expenses and to pay off the existing Term 
Loan. See “Financial Condition: Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activity” for more information on our debt 
financing activities. 

Our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 may not be indicative of our future 
results. In addition, as we did not operate as a stand-alone entity prior to July 1, 2015, the 2015 financial information included 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may not necessarily reflect what our financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows would have been had we operated as a stand-alone entity during the entirety of 2015. 

35 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
Change in Accounting Principle and Revision of Previously Issued Financial Statements 

As previously disclosed, we changed our accounting related to the capitalization of certain internal labor and related 
costs associated with construction and customer installation activities beginning in the first quarter of 2017 as a result of 
additional information available from new systems and processes. We initially classified the change as a change in accounting 
estimate. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we determined that a portion of what had previously been reflected as a change 
in estimate should have been categorized as a change in accounting principle and accounted for prospectively upon adoption 
due  to  the  impracticability  of  retrospective  adoption.  We  determined  that  the  retrospective  application  of  the  change  in 
accounting principle was impracticable for all prior periods as we would have to make significant estimates and assumptions 
over a number of years due to the lack of a time tracking system and the change in mix of employee activities resulting from 
our business change over the years. We reflected the impact of the change in estimate and change in accounting principle 
prospectively  within  our  2017  annual  and  interim  consolidated  financial  statements.  We  also  concurrently  identified  and 
corrected an error associated with the historical accounting for certain categories of internal labor and related costs, which 
resulted in the undercapitalization of labor costs in our previously issued annual and interim financial statements. Although 
we have determined such error to be immaterial to previously issued financial statements, the cumulative effect of the error 
would be material if corrected in the current year. Therefore, we have revised our historical financial statements to properly 
reflect  the  impact  of  the  labor  capitalization,  including  the  related  impact  to  depreciation  expense  and  income  taxes.  In 
connection with this revision, we also corrected for other previously identified immaterial income tax and other errors. As a 
result,  all  financial  information  contained  within  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  has  been  revised  to  reflect  all  error 
corrections. See Note 2 of the Notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for additional information. 

PSUs and Customer Counts and PSUs by Primary Products 

During 2017, our total PSUs increased 191,957, or 20.2%, compared to our total PSUs as of December 31, 2016, with 
increases in residential data, video and voice PSUs of 115,801, 40,149 and 12,289, respectively, and an increase in business 
PSUs of 23,718. Our total customer relationships increased 140,315, or 21.3%, year-over-year. The year-over-year increases 
were primarily attributable to new customers acquired as a result of the NewWave acquisition. 

During 2016, our total PSUs decreased 42,520, or 4.3%, compared to our total PSUs as of December 31, 2015, mainly 
attributable to residential video and voice customer losses of 43,316 and 13,304, respectively, partially offset by increases in 
residential data and business PSUs of 8,076 and 6,024, respectively, as a result of industry trends and our strategic focus 
shift. Our total customer relationships decreased 7,382, or 1.1%, year-over-year. 

36 

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
The  following  table  provides  an  overview  of  selected  customer  data  for  our  cable  systems  for  the  time  periods 

specified: 

2017 

As of December 31, 
2016 

2015 

Residential data PSUs .....................................................................     
Residential video PSUs (1) ..............................................................     
Residential voice PSUs ...................................................................     
Total residential PSUs ........................................................................     

584,854      
346,712      
110,013      
1,041,579      

Business data PSUs (2) ....................................................................     
Business video PSUs ......................................................................     
Business voice PSUs (3) ..................................................................     
Total business PSUs ...........................................................................     

58,299      
17,176      
24,868      
100,343      

469,053       
306,563       
97,724       
873,340       

44,855       
13,683       
18,087       
76,625       

460,977   
349,879   
111,028   
921,884   

40,264   
14,271   
16,066   
70,601   

Total PSUs .........................................................................................     

1,141,922      

949,965       

992,485   

Total residential customer relationships .............................................     
Total business customer relationships ................................................     
Total customer relationships ..............................................................     
______________ 
(1)  Residential video PSUs include all basic residential customers who receive video services and may have one or more 
digital set-top boxes or cable cards deployed. Residential bulk multi-dwelling accounts are included in our video PSUs 
at the individual unit level. 

605,699       
51,523       
657,222       

731,011      
66,526      
797,537      

617,220   
47,384   
664,604   

(2)  Business data PSUs include commercial accounts that receive data service via a cable modem and commercial accounts 

that receive broadband service optically via fiber connections. 

(3)  Business voice customers who have multiple voice lines are only counted once in the PSU total. 

The following table provides an overview of selected customer data for our legacy Cable One cable systems excluding 

the impact of PSUs and customers attained as a result of the NewWave acquisition for the time periods specified: 

Residential data PSUs .....................................................................     
Residential video PSUs (1) ..............................................................     
Residential voice PSUs ...................................................................     
Total residential PSUs ........................................................................     

Business data PSUs (2) ....................................................................     
Business video PSUs ......................................................................     
Business voice PSUs (3) ..................................................................     
Total business PSUs ...........................................................................     

2017 

As of December 31, 
2016 

2015 

476,046      
270,003      
88,424      
834,473      

48,889      
12,998      
20,028      
81,915      

469,053       
306,563       
97,724       
873,340       

44,855       
13,683       
18,087       
76,625       

460,977   
349,879   
111,028   
921,884   

40,264   
14,271   
16,066   
70,601   

Total PSUs .........................................................................................     

916,388      

949,965       

992,485   

Total residential customer relationships .............................................     
Total business customer relationships ................................................     
Total customer relationships ..............................................................     
_____________ 
(1)  Residential video PSUs include all basic residential customers who receive video services and may have one or more
digital set-top boxes or cable cards deployed. Residential bulk multi-dwelling accounts are included in our video PSUs
at the individual unit level. 

605,699       
51,523       
657,222       

595,886      
55,357      
651,243      

617,220   
47,384   
664,604   

(2)  Business data PSUs include commercial accounts that receive data service via a cable modem and commercial accounts

that receive broadband service optically via fiber connections. 

(3)  Business voice customers who have multiple voice lines are only counted once in the PSU total. 

37 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
 
 
In recent years, our customer mix has shifted, causing subscribers to move from triple-play packages to single and 
double-play. This is because some residential video customers have defected to DBS services and OTT offerings in lieu of 
video and more households have discontinued residential voice service. In addition, we have focused on selling data-only 
packages to new customers rather than cross-selling video to these customers. 

2017 Compared to 2016 

Revenues  

Revenues  increased  $140.4  million,  or  17.1%,  due  primarily  to  increases  in  residential  data,  residential  video  and 
business services revenues of $70.3 million, $37.8 million and $30.8 million, respectively. The increase was the result of the 
NewWave  operations  since  May  1,  2017  and  organic  growth  in  our  higher  margin  product  lines  of  residential  data  and 
business services, partially offset by a decrease in advertising sales revenues. 

Revenues by service offering were as follows for 2017 and 2016, together with the percentages of revenues that each 

item represented for the years presented (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2017 

% of  

2016 

% of 

2017 vs. 2016 

   Revenues      
Residential data .............................   $  414,525      
332,536      
Residential video ...........................     
43,733      
Residential voice ...........................     
131,155      
Business services ...........................     
24,824      
Advertising sales ...........................     
Other..............................................     
13,256      
Total revenues ...............................   $  960,029      

Revenues       Revenues      
43.2    $  344,184      
294,781      
34.6      
42,949      
4.6      
100,311      
13.7      
27,496      
2.6      
9,904      
1.3      
100.0    $  819,625      

Revenues       $ Change      
70,341      
37,755      
784      
30,844      
(2,672)     
3,352      
140,404      

42.0    $
36.0      
5.2      
12.2      
3.4      
1.2      
100.0    $

Average monthly revenue per unit for the indicated service offerings were as follows for 2017 and 2016: 

%  
Change 

20.4  
12.8  
1.8  
30.7  
(9.7) 
33.8  
17.1  

Residential data (1) ...................................................................   $ 
Residential video (1) .................................................................   $ 
Residential voice (1) .................................................................   $ 
Business services (2) .................................................................   $ 

63.28    $ 
81.07    $ 
33.80    $ 
179.91    $ 

   Year Ended December 31,     

2017 

2016 

2017 vs. 2016 
     $ Change       % Change   
2.6  
1.60      
8.3  
6.23      
(1.4) 
(0.49)     
6.4  
10.88      

61.68     $ 
74.84     $ 
34.29     $ 
169.03     $ 

(1)  Average  monthly  per  unit  values  represent  the  applicable  residential  service  revenues  divided  by  the  corresponding
average of the number of PSUs at the beginning and end of each period, except that for any new PSUs added as a result
of an acquisition occurring during the reporting period, the associated average monthly per unit values represent the
applicable residential service revenues divided by the corresponding weighted average of the number of PSUs during
such period. 

(2)  Average monthly per unit values represent business services revenues divided by the average of the number of business
customer relationships at the beginning and end of each period, except that for any new business customer relationships
added as a result of an acquisition occurring during the reporting period, the associated average monthly per unit values
represent business services revenues divided by the weighted average of the number of business customer relationships
during such period. 

38 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
Revenues by service offering, excluding the impact of revenues related to NewWave, were as follows for 2017 and 
2016,  together  with  the  percentages  of  total  revenues  that  each  item  represented  for  the  periods  presented  (dollars  in 
thousands):  

Year Ended December 31, 

2017 

% of 

2016 

% of 

2017 vs. 2016 

   Revenues      
Residential data .............................   $  371,368      
278,445      
Residential video ...........................     
37,460      
Residential voice ...........................     
112,183      
Business services ...........................     
23,799      
Advertising sales ...........................     
Other..............................................     
9,514      
Total revenues ...............................   $  832,769      

Revenues       Revenues      
44.6    $  344,184      
294,781      
33.4      
42,949      
4.5      
100,311      
13.5      
27,496      
2.9      
9,904      
1.1      
100.0    $  819,625      

Revenues       $ Change      
27,184      
(16,336)     
(5,489)     
11,872      
(3,697)     
(390)     
13,144      

42.0    $
36.0      
5.2      
12.2      
3.4      
1.2      
100.0    $

% 
Change 

7.9  
(5.5) 
(12.8) 
11.8  
(13.4) 
(3.9) 
1.6  

Average  monthly  revenue  per  unit,  excluding  the  impact  of  revenues  and  customers  attained  as  a  result  of  the 

NewWave acquisition, were as follows for 2017 and 2016: 

   Year Ended December 31,     

2017 

2016 

2017 vs. 2016 
     $ Change       % Change    
6.2  
3.81      
7.5  
5.65      
(2.2) 
(0.75)     
3.5  
5.91      

Residential data (1) ..................................................................   $ 
Residential video (1) ................................................................   $ 
Residential voice (1) ................................................................   $ 
Business services (2) ................................................................   $ 
_____________ 
(1)  Average  monthly  per  unit  values  represent  the  applicable  residential  service  revenues  divided  by  the  corresponding 

65.49     $ 
80.49     $ 
33.54     $ 
174.94     $ 

61.68    $ 
74.84    $ 
34.29    $ 
169.03    $ 

average of the number of PSUs at the beginning and end of each period. 

(2)  Average monthly per unit values represent business services revenues divided by the average of the number of business

customer relationships at the beginning and end of each period. 

Residential data service revenues increased $70.3 million, or 20.4%, due primarily to an increase in residential data 
customers of 24.7% year-over-year as a result of the NewWave operations and organic subscriber growth, a reduction in 
package discounting and increased subscriptions to premium tiers by residential customers. 

Residential video service revenues increased $37.8 million, or 12.8%, due primarily to an increase in residential video 

customers of 13.1% as a result of the NewWave operations and a rate adjustment in the first quarter of 2017. 

Residential voice service revenues increased $0.8 million, or 1.8%, due primarily to an increase in residential voice 
customers of 12.6% as a result of the NewWave operations, partially offset by a decrease in average monthly revenue per 
unit. 

Business services revenues increased $30.8 million, or 30.7%, due primarily to the NewWave operations, growth in 
our business data and voice services to small and medium-sized businesses and enterprise customers and a rate adjustment 
for business video customers in the first quarter of 2017. Total business customer relationships increased 29.1% year-over-
year. Overall, business services comprised 13.7% of our total revenues for 2017 compared to 12.2% of our total revenues for 
2016. 

Advertising sales revenues decreased $2.7 million, or 9.7%, due primarily to a decrease in political advertising and 

fewer video customers to be reached by advertising spots. 

Other revenues increased $3.4 million, or 33.8%, due primarily to the NewWave operations.  

Operating Costs and Expenses 

Operating  expenses  (excluding  depreciation  and  amortization)  were  $337.0  million  in  2017  and  increased  $40.5 
million, or 13.6%, compared to 2016. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues were 35.1% for 2017 compared to 
36.2% for 2016. Additional operating expenses attributable to the NewWave operations were $63.1 million for 2017. This 
increase was partially offset by a $12.7 million decrease in labor costs associated with our change in accounting for capitalized 

39 

 
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
labor,  a  $3.8  million  decrease  in  programming  costs  resulting  from  fewer  video  subscribers,  a  $3.1  million  decrease  in 
backbone and internet connectivity fees, a $1.3 million decrease in insurance costs and a $1.0 million decrease in repair and 
maintenance costs. Excluding the impact of the NewWave operations, operating expenses would have been $273.9 million 
in 2017, a decrease of $22.7 million, or 7.6%. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues, excluding the impact of the 
NewWave operations, would have been 32.9% in 2017 compared to 36.2% in 2016.  

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $20.8 million, or 11.3%, to $204.8 million for 2017. Selling, 
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were 21.3% and 22.5% for 2017 and 2016, respectively. 
Additional selling, general and administrative expenses attributable to the NewWave operations were $16.6 million for 2017. 
Increases in severance costs of $4.4 million, deferred compensation expenses of $2.4 million and software maintenance costs 
of $2.1 million were partially offset by a $3.6 million decrease in labor costs associated with the capitalized labor change and 
a  $1.8  million  decrease  in  employee  incentive  costs.  Excluding  the  incremental  expenses  associated  with  the  NewWave 
operations, selling, general and administrative expenses would have increased $4.2 million, or 2.2%, to $188.2 million for 
2017.  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenues,  excluding  the  impact  of  the  NewWave 
operations, would have been 22.6% in 2017 compared to 22.5% in 2016. 

Depreciation and amortization increased $33.8 million, or 22.8%, to $181.6 million for 2017 including $32.2 million 
attributable to the NewWave operations. The increase was due primarily to new assets placed in service in 2017 and 2016, 
including  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  amortizable  intangible  assets  acquired  as part of  the  NewWave  acquisition, 
partially offset by assets that became fully depreciated during those years. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and 
amortization expense was 18.9% for 2017 compared to 18.0% for 2016.  

We recognized a $0.6 million net loss on disposal of assets in 2017 compared to $2.8 million in 2016. The net loss in 
2017 consisted of a $7.2 million loss on disposals of property, plant and equipment, including $2.1 million associated with 
damage caused by Hurricane Harvey, partially offset by a $6.6 million gain on the sale of our previous headquarters building. 

Interest Expense 

Interest expense was $46.9 million and $30.2 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase was due primarily 

to additional debt incurred to finance the NewWave acquisition. 

Other Income (Expense) 

Other income for 2017 primarily consisted of interest income of $1.2 million, partially offset by a $0.6 million write-
off of debt issuance costs related to the additional debt incurred to finance the NewWave acquisition. Other income of $5.1 
million in 2016 primarily consisted of a $4.1 million net gain on the sale of a cable system and interest income. 

Income Tax Provision (Benefit) 

The  income  tax  provision  (benefit)  decreased  $106.4  million,  or  171.1%.  The  decrease  primarily  related  to  a  net 
income tax benefit of $113.0 million mainly associated with a reduction of our net deferred income tax liabilities as a result 
of the Federal tax reform legislation passed in the fourth quarter of 2017 and $3.4 million of income tax benefits attributable 
to equity-based awards recorded throughout 2017. Our effective tax rate was (23.3)% for 2017 and 38.1% for 2016.  

2016 Compared to 2015 

Revenues 

Revenues  increased  $12.4  million,  or  1.5%,  due  primarily  to  increases  in  residential  data  and  business  services 
revenues of $49.7 million and $11.6 million, respectively, partially offset by decreases in residential video and residential 
voice  revenues  of  $37.9  million  and  $7.2  million,  respectively.  The  decreases  in  residential  video  and  residential  voice 
revenues were primarily attributable to residential video customer losses of 12.4% and residential voice customer losses of 
12.0% during 2016. 

40 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Revenues by service offering were as follows for 2016 and 2015, together with the percentages of revenues that each 

item represented for the years presented (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2016 

% of 

2015 

% of  

2016 vs. 2015 

   Revenues      
Residential data .............................   $  344,184      
294,781      
Residential video ...........................     
42,949      
Residential voice ...........................     
100,311      
Business services ...........................     
27,496      
Advertising sales ...........................     
Other..............................................     
9,904      
Total revenues ...............................   $  819,625      

Revenues       Revenues      
42.0    $  294,486      
332,716      
36.0      
50,148      
5.2      
88,741      
12.2      
31,034      
3.4      
10,141      
1.2      
100.0    $  807,266      

Revenues       $ Change      
49,698      
(37,935)     
(7,199)     
11,570      
(3,538)     
(237)     
12,359      

36.5    $
41.2      
6.2      
11.0      
3.8      
1.3      
100.0    $

Average monthly revenue per unit for the indicated service offerings were as follows for 2016 and 2015: 

%  
Change 

16.9  
(11.4) 
(14.4) 
13.0  
(11.4) 
(2.3) 
1.5  

   Year Ended December 31,     

2016 

2015 

2016 vs. 2015 
     $ Change       % Change   
14.5  
7.79      
6.1  
4.31      
(0.7) 
(0.25)     
3.0  
4.91      

Residential data (1) .....................................................................    $ 
Residential video (1) ...................................................................    $ 
Residential voice (1) ...................................................................    $ 
Business services (2) ...................................................................    $ 
___________ 
(1)  Average  monthly  per  unit  values  represent  the  applicable  residential  service  revenues  divided  by  the  corresponding

53.89    $ 
70.53    $ 
34.54    $ 
164.12    $ 

61.68    $
74.84    $
34.29    $
169.03    $

average of the number of PSUs at the beginning and end of each period. 

(2)  Average monthly per unit values represent business services revenues divided by the average of the number of business

customer relationships at the beginning and end of each period. 

Residential data service revenues increased $49.7 million, or 16.9%, due primarily to a rate adjustment taken in the 
fourth quarter of 2015, an increase in residential data customers of 1.8%, a reduction in package discounting and increased 
subscriptions to premium tiers by residential customers. 

Residential video service revenues declined $37.9 million, or 11.4%, due primarily to residential video customer losses 

of 12.4%, partially offset by a broadcast television surcharge imposed in the second quarter of 2016. 

Residential voice service revenues decreased $7.2 million, or 14.4%, due primarily to a decline in residential voice 

customers of 12.0% as more residential customers have discontinued residential voice service. 

Business services revenues increased $11.6 million, or 13.0%, due primarily to growth in our business data and voice 
services  to  both  small  and  medium-sized  businesses  and  enterprise  customers.  Total  business  customer  relationships 
increased 8.7% in 2016. Overall, business services represented 12.2% for 2016, compared to 11.0% of our total revenues for 
2015. 

Advertising sales revenues declined $3.5 million, or 11.4%, due primarily to the negative impact of decreased video 

customers on the number of viewers available to be reached by advertising spots. 

Other  revenues  decreased  $0.2  million,  or  2.3%,  due  primarily  to  a  decrease  in  late  charges  and  installation  fees, 

partially offset by an increase in reconnect fees. 

Operating Costs and Expenses 

Operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization) decreased $8.3 million, or 2.7%, due primarily  to a 
12.4% reduction in residential video customers, which significantly reduced programming costs. In total, programming costs 
declined $9.9 million and non-programming operating expenses increased $3.4 million. The increase in non-programming 
operating expenses was primarily attributable to increases in backbone and internet connectivity fees of $1.9 million, group 
insurance of $1.2 million and software maintenance costs of $0.7 million, partially offset by a decrease in franchise fees of 
$1.5 million due to the decrease in video revenues subject to franchise fees. Operating expenses (excluding depreciation and 
amortization) as a percentage of revenues were 36.2% and 37.8% for 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

41 

 
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $9.7 million, or 5.0%, due primarily to decreases in processing 
costs for customer billing following the completion of our billing system conversion of $11.4 million; salaries, wages and 
benefits  costs  of  $7.3  million  due  to  decreased  headcount  and  lower  group  insurance  costs;  general  and  workers’ 
compensation insurance expense of $2.9 million; property taxes of $1.5 million and software maintenance of $1.1 million. 
The decrease was partially offset by increases in incentive compensation expense of $4.8 million; acquisition-related costs 
of $4.7 million; advertising and marketing expense of $3.2 million and professional services expense of $2.2 million. Selling, 
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were 22.5% and 24.0% for 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Depreciation and amortization increased $3.3 million, or 2.3%, due primarily to new assets placed in service in 2016 

and 2015, partially offset by assets that became fully depreciated during those years. 

We recognized a $2.8 million loss on disposal of assets in 2016 compared to $0.6 million in 2015. 

Interest Expense 

Interest expense was $30.2 million and $16.1 million for 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase was due to the 

issuance of our long-term debt in June 2015 in connection with the spin-off. 

Other Income (Expense) 

Other income (expense) increased $5.4 million in 2016 due primarily to a $4.1 million net gain on the sale of a cable 

system and higher interest income. 

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)  

The income tax provision (benefit) increased $6.7 million, or 12.1%, due primarily to an increase in taxable income 

of $16.0 million, or 10.9%. Our effective tax rate was 38.1% and 37.6% for 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Use of Adjusted EBITDA 

We use certain measures that are not defined by GAAP to evaluate various aspects of our business. Adjusted EBITDA 
is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered in addition to, not as superior to, or as a substitute for, net income 
reported in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to net income below. 

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income plus interest expense, income tax provision (benefit), depreciation and 
amortization, equity- and pre-spin cash-based incentive compensation expense, severance expense, (gain) loss on deferred 
compensation, acquisition-related costs, (gain) loss on disposal of assets, billing system implementation costs, other (income) 
expense, net, and other unusual operating expenses, as provided in the table below. As such, it eliminates the significant non-
cash depreciation and amortization expense that results from the capital-intensive nature of our business as well as other non-
cash or special items and is unaffected by our capital structure or investment activities. This measure is limited in that it does 
not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues and our cash 
cost of debt financing. These costs are evaluated through other financial measures. 

42 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We  use  Adjusted  EBITDA  to  assess  our  performance.  In  addition,  Adjusted  EBITDA  generally  correlates  to  the 
measure used in the leverage ratio calculation under our outstanding Senior Credit Facilities and Notes (each as defined under 
“Financial  Condition:  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources  –  Financing  Activity”  below)  to  determine  compliance  with  the 
covenants contained in the Senior Credit Facilities and ability to take certain actions under the indenture governing the Notes. 
For the purpose of calculating compliance with the leverage ratio covenants in our debt instruments, we use a measure similar 
to Adjusted EBITDA, as presented. Adjusted EBITDA is also a significant performance measure used by us in our annual 
incentive  compensation  program.  Adjusted  EBITDA  does  not  take  into  account  cash  used  for  mandatory  debt  service 
requirements or other non-discretionary expenditures, and thus does not represent residual funds available for discretionary 
uses. 

(in thousands) 
Net income (1) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

  $ 

234,028    $

101,102     $

91,822   

Plus: Interest expense .........................................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit) ....................................................     
Depreciation and amortization ....................................................     
Equity- and pre-spin cash-based incentive compensation 

expense ...................................................................................     
Severance expense ......................................................................     
(Gain) loss on deferred compensation .........................................     
Acquisition-related costs .............................................................     
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets .................................................     
Billing system implementation costs ...........................................     
Other (income) expense, net .......................................................     

46,864      
(44,227)     
181,619      

30,221       
62,162       
147,839       

16,090   
55,433   
144,503   

10,743      
5,461      
2,753      
5,942      
574      
-      
(668)     

12,298       
1,012       
312       
4,719       
2,821       
-       
(5,121 )     

9,739   
-   
(1,141 ) 
-   
1,735   
5,007   
232   

Adjusted EBITDA (1) ..........................................................................   $ 
____________ 
(1)  Net income and Adjusted EBITDA results for 2017 include eight months of NewWave operations and the favorable
impact of a reduction in expense of $16.3 million due to a change in accounting for capitalized labor costs. Without the
contribution  from  NewWave  operations,  net  income  would  have  increased  123.8%  to  $226.3 million  and  Adjusted 
EBITDA  would  have  increased  10.7%  to  $395.5 million  in  2017.  Excluding  both  the  NewWave  operations  and  the
capitalized labor change, net income would have increased 113.8% to $216.2 million and Adjusted EBITDA would have
increased 6.1% to $379.2 million in 2017. 

357,365     $

443,089    $

323,420   

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating the operating performance of the Company. Adjusted 
EBITDA and similar measures with similar titles are common measures used by investors, analysts and peers to compare 
performance in our industry, although our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to similarly titled 
measures reported by other companies. 

Financial Condition: Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Liquidity 

Our primary funding requirements are for our ongoing operations, planned capital expenditures, payments of quarterly 
dividends and share repurchases. We believe that existing cash balances, our Senior Credit Facilities and operating cash flows 
will  provide  adequate  support  for  these  funding  requirements  over  the  next  12  months.  However,  our  ability  to  fund 
operations,  make  planned  capital  expenditures,  pay  quarterly  dividends  and  make  share  repurchases  depends  on  future 
operating performance and cash flows, which, in turn, are subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business 
and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. As a result of the 2017 Federal tax reform legislation, the Company 
expects to realize approximately $38 million to $42 million of cash tax savings in 2018. 

43 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
 
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the years indicated (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Net cash provided by operating activities ..........................................   $ 
Net cash used in investing activities ...................................................     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ...........................     
Change in cash and cash equivalents .................................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ...........................................   $ 

324,486    $
(891,167)     
590,393      
23,712      
138,040      
161,752    $

257,121     $
(141,607 )     
(96,673 )     
18,841       
119,199       
138,040     $

252,116   
(160,928 ) 
21,601   
112,789   
6,410   
119,199   

During  2017  and 2016, our  cash  and  cash  equivalents increased  $23.7  million  and $18.8  million,  respectively.  At 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had $161.8 million and $138.0 million of cash on hand and working capital of $71.8 million 
and $75.3 million, respectively.  

Our net cash provided by operating activities was $324.5 million, $257.1 million and $252.1 million in 2017, 2016, 
and 2015, respectively. The change in operating cash flows in 2017 compared to 2016 was primarily attributable to an increase 
in Adjusted EBITDA of $85.7 million and a decrease in cash paid for income taxes of $13.4 million, partially offset by a 
$17.3 million difference in changes to net operating assets and liabilities and a $15.4 million increase in cash paid for interest. 
The difference in changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily reflects changes in Income taxes receivable and Other 
assets and other liabilities, net as a result of the timing of payments in 2017 compared to 2016. The change in operating cash 
flows in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily attributable to higher net income and a favorable change in deferred taxes 
compared to 2015, partially offset by unfavorable changes in operating assets and liabilities. 

Our net cash used in investing activities was $891.2 million, $141.6 million and $160.9 million in 2017, 2016 and 
2015, respectively. The higher use of cash in 2017 compared to 2016 was due primarily to $727.9 million in net cash paid 
for the NewWave acquisition and a $28.2 million increase in cash paid for capital expenditures. The lower use of cash for 
investing activities in 2016 compared to 2015 was driven by lower capital expenditures coupled with increases in proceeds 
received from the sale of a cable system and the sale of fixed assets, partially offset by cash outflows to acquire a cable 
system. 

Our net cash provided by financing activities was $590.4 million and $21.6 million in 2017 and 2015, respectively, 
and  net cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $96.7  million  in  2016.  Cash  inflows  in 2017 were primarily  attributable  to 
$750.0 million of new debt incurred in connection with the NewWave acquisition, partially offset by long term debt payments, 
including  the  $93.8  million  Term  Loan  repayment,  $37.2  million  in  dividend  payments  to  stockholders,  a  $15.2  million 
payment  of  debt  issuance  costs  and  $5.0  million  of  withholding  tax  payments  associated  with  equity  award  vesting  and 
exercise activities. Cash outflows in 2016 primarily consisted of $56.4 million to repurchase our common stock, $34.4 million 
in dividend payments to stockholders, $3.8 million of long-term debt repayments as well as $2.2 million of withholding tax 
payments for vested restricted stock awards. Cash inflows in 2015 were primarily due to $541.1 million of proceeds from 
senior notes issuance and borrowings under our Term Loan, net of issuance costs. The net proceeds were utilized primarily 
to fund the $450 million distribution to GHC in conjunction with the spin-off.  

On July 1, 2015, the Board authorized up to $250 million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares 
of our common stock). Purchases under the share repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market 
and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including 
share price and business and market conditions. Since the inception of the share repurchase program through December 31, 
2017, we have repurchased 165,833 shares at an aggregate cost of $73.3 million. In 2017, we repurchased 900 shares at an 
aggregate cost of $0.5 million. Additionally, we currently expect to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends on shares of our 
common stock, subject to approval of the Board. During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Board approved a quarterly dividend 
of  $1.75 per  share  of  common  stock,  which was paid  on  December 8, 2017. During  the first quarter  of 2018,  the Board 
approved a quarterly dividend of $1.75 per share of common stock, which will be payable to holders of record as of February 
20, 2018 with payment scheduled for early March 2018. 

Financing Activity 

On June 17, 2015, we issued $450 million aggregate principal amount of 5.75% senior unsecured notes due 2022 (the 
“Notes”) pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of June 17, 2015. The Notes mature on June 15, 2022 and interest 
is payable on June 15th and December 15th of each year. The Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured 
basis (the “Guarantees”) by each of our subsidiaries that guaranteed the Senior Credit Facilities (the “Guarantors”). The Notes 

44 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
are unsecured and senior obligations of the Company. The Guarantees are unsecured and senior obligations of the Guarantors. 
At our option, the Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2018, at a price equal to 100% of 
the aggregate principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the redemption date 
plus a “make-whole” premium. We may also redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 15, 2018, at 
the redemption prices specified in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the redemption 
date. Additionally, at any time prior to June 15, 2018, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 
Notes with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at a price equal to 105.75% of the principal amount of the 
Notes,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  to  (but  excluding)  the  redemption  date.  The  Indenture  includes  certain 
covenants  relating  to  debt  incurrence,  liens,  restricted  payments,  assets  sales  and  transactions  with  affiliates,  changes  in 
control and mergers or sales of all or substantially all of our assets. 

On June 30, 2015, we entered into the Credit Agreement among the Company, as borrower, the lenders party thereto, 
JPMorgan,  as  administrative  agent,  and  the  other  agents  party  thereto. The  Credit  Agreement  provided  for  a  five-year 
Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $200 million and a five-year Term Loan Facility in an aggregate 
principal amount of $100 million. Concurrently with our entry into the Credit Agreement, we borrowed the full amount of 
the Term Loan Facility. 

Borrowings under the Original Credit Facilities bore interest, at our option, at a rate per annum determined by reference 
to either LIBOR or an adjusted base rate, in each case plus an applicable interest rate margin. The applicable interest rate 
margin with respect to LIBOR borrowings was a rate per annum between 1.50% and 2.25% and the applicable interest rate 
margin  with  respect  to  adjusted  base  rate  borrowings  was  a  rate  per  annum  between  0.50%  and  1.25%,  in  each  case 
determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing grid based upon our total net leverage ratio. In addition, we are 
required to pay commitment fees on any unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility at a rate between 0.25% per annum 
and 0.40% per annum, determined by reference to the pricing grid. 

The Revolving Credit Facility also gives us the ability to issue letters of credit, which reduce the amount available for 
borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. Letter of credit issuances under the Revolving Credit Facility of $3.1 million 
at December 31, 2017 were held for the benefit of certain general and liability insurance matters and bore interest at a rate of 
1.88% per annum at December 31, 2017. We had $196.9 million available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility 
at December 31, 2017. 

On  May  1,  2017,  we  entered  into  the  Restatement  Agreement  (the  “Restatement  Agreement”)  with  JPMorgan,  as 
administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, pursuant to which we amended and restated the Credit Agreement (as so 
amended and restated, the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) and incurred $750 million of senior secured loans 
(the  “New  Loans”),  which  were  used,  together  with  cash  on  hand,  to  (i)  finance  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the 
Agreement and Plan of Merger relating to the NewWave acquisition, (ii) repay in full the Term Loan and (iii) pay related 
fees and expenses. 

The New Loans consist of (a) a five-year Term Loan A in an aggregate principal amount of $250 million (the “Term 
Loan A”) and (b) a seven-year Term Loan B in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million (the “Term Loan B” and, 
together with the Term Loan A and the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”). The obligations under the 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are guaranteed by our wholly owned subsidiaries and are secured, subject to certain 
exceptions, by substantially all assets of the Company and the guarantors. 

The  interest  margins  applicable  to  the New  Loans under the Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  are,  at  our 
option, equal to either LIBOR or a base rate, plus an applicable margin equal to, (x) with respect to the Term Loan A, 1.50% 
to 2.25% for LIBOR loans and 0.50% to 1.25% for base rate loans, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing 
grid based on our total net leverage ratio and (y) with respect to the Term Loan B, 2.25% for LIBOR loans and 1.25% for 
base rate loans. The Term Loan A may be prepaid at any time without premium and amortizes quarterly at a rate (expressed 
as a percentage of the original principal amount) of 2.5% per annum for the first year after funding, 5.0% per annum for the 
second year after funding, 7.5% per annum for the third year after funding and 10.0% per annum for the fourth and fifth years 
after funding, with the outstanding balance due upon maturity. The Term Loan B amortizes quarterly at a rate (expressed as 
a percentage of the original principal amount) of 1.0% per annum, with the balance due upon maturity. The Term Loan B is 
subject to a 1.0% prepayment penalty if prepaid within six months of funding, benefits from certain “most favored nation” 
pricing  protections  and  is  not  subject  to  the  financial  maintenance  covenants  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Credit 
Agreement. Other than as set forth above, the New Loans are subject to terms substantially similar to those under the Credit 
Agreement. 

We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2017. 

45 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
As of December 31, 2017, outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan A and Term Loan B were $246.9 million and 

$497.5 million, and bore interest at a rate of 3.45% per annum and 3.95% per annum, respectively. 

In connection with the New Loans, we incurred $15.2 million in debt issuance costs, of which $0.6 million was written 
off during 2017. We recorded $3.2 million and $1.6 million of debt issuance cost amortization for the years ended December 
31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Unamortized debt issuance costs totaled $19.6 million and $8.1 million at December 31, 
2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Capital Expenditures  

We have significant ongoing capital expenditure requirements. Capital expenditures are funded primarily by cash on 

hand and cash flows from operating activities. 

We  have  adopted  capital  expenditure  disclosure  guidance  as  supported  by  the  NCTA.  These  disclosures  are  not 
required under GAAP, nor do they impact  our accounting for capital expenditures under GAAP. The amounts of capital 
expenditures reported in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are calculated in accordance with NCTA disclosure guidelines, 
which include assets acquired during the relevant periods. 

The following table presents our major capital expenditure categories in accordance with NCTA disclosure guidelines 

for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Customer premise equipment .............................................................   $ 
Commercial ........................................................................................     
Scalable infrastructure ........................................................................     
Line extensions...................................................................................     
Upgrade/rebuild ..................................................................................     
Support capital ...................................................................................     
Total ...................................................................................................   $ 

37,071    $
9,595      
40,122      
15,947      
19,186      
57,442      
179,363    $

22,248     $
8,257       
41,017       
10,470       
17,575       
31,257       
130,824     $

31,459   
7,147   
57,452   
8,505   
25,572   
41,929   
172,064   

Contractual Obligations and Contingent Commitments 

The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands): 

Years ending December 31,  
2018 .....................................................   $ 
2019 .....................................................     
2020 .....................................................     
2021 .....................................................     
2022 .....................................................     
Thereafter ............................................     
Total .............................................   $ 

Programming 
Purchase 
Commitments 

Operating 
Leases 

Total Debt, 
including 
Capital 
Leases 

Other  
Purchase 
Obligations (1)     

Total 

208,900    $ 
155,086      
88,224      
32,147      
-      
-      
484,357    $ 

1,852    $ 
1,344      
948      
699      
317      
418      

14,375    $ 
20,642      
26,892      
30,017      
180,017      
922,699      
5,578    $  1,194,642    $ 

248,489  
23,362    $ 
189,857  
12,785      
123,722  
7,658      
67,843  
4,980      
181,185  
851      
927,102  
3,985      
53,621    $  1,738,198  

____________ 
(1) 

Includes purchase obligations related to capital projects and other legally binding commitments. Other purchase orders
made in the ordinary course of business are excluded from the table above. Any amounts for which we are liable under
purchase orders are reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities. 

Programming purchase commitments represent contracts that we have with cable television networks and broadcast 
stations to provide programming services to our subscribers. The amounts included above represent estimates of the future 
programming costs for these purchase commitments based on subscriber numbers and tier placement as of December 31, 
2017 and estimated subscriber numbers applied to the per-subscriber rates contained in these contracts. Actual amounts due 
under such contracts may differ from the amounts above based on the actual subscriber numbers and tier placements. In 
addition, programming  purchases  sometimes  occur  pursuant  to  non-binding  commitments,  which  are  not  reflected  in  the 
summary above. 

46 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
 
Total  debt  relates  to  principal  repayment  obligations  as  defined  by  the  agreements  described  in  the  “Financing 

Activity” section above and for capital leases. 

The following items are not included as contractual obligations due to various factors discussed below. However, we 

incur these costs as part of our operations: 

(cid:2)  We  rent  utility  poles  used  in  our  operations.  Generally,  pole  rentals  are  cancellable  on  short  notice,  but  we
anticipate that such rentals will recur. Rent expense for pole attachments was $7.8 million, $5.7 million and $5.7
million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

(cid:2)  We pay franchise fees under multi-year franchise agreements based on a percentage of revenues generated from
video service per year. Franchise fees and other franchise-related costs included in the Consolidated Statements
of Operations and Comprehensive Income were $15.7 million, $14.2 million and $15.7 million in 2017, 2016 and
2015, respectively. 

(cid:2)  We have  cable  franchise  agreements  requiring  the  construction of  cable plant  and  the provision  of services  to
customers within the franchise areas. In connection with these obligations under existing franchise agreements,
we  obtain  surety  bonds  or  letters  of  credit  guaranteeing  performance  to  municipalities  and  public  utilities  and
payment of insurance premiums. Such surety bonds and letters of credit as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled
$12.0 million and $7.9 million, respectively. Payments under these arrangements are required only in the event of
nonperformance. We do not expect that these contingent commitments will result in any amounts being paid. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

With the exception of contractual obligations, surety bonds and letters of credit noted above, we do not have any off-

balance-sheet arrangements or financing activities with special-purpose entities. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates, 
assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate 
our  estimates  and  assumptions.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  other  assumptions  believed  to  be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of 
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates. 

An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it is important to our results of operations and financial condition 
and if it requires management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments in its application. For a summary of all of 
our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 of the Notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Long-lived Assets 

A long-lived asset or asset group is tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 

the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Indicators of impairment may include: 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

a significant decrease in the market value of the asset; 
a  significant  change  in  the  extent  or  manner  in  which  an  asset  is  used  or  a  significant  change  in  the  physical
condition of the asset; 
a  significant  adverse  change  in  legal  factors  or  in  the  business  climate  that  could  affect  the  value  of  an  asset,
including an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; 
an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected to acquire or construct an asset;
a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection
or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with an asset; and 
a current expectation that, more likely than not, an asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before 
the end of its estimated useful life. 

When an indicator of impairment is determined, the first step is to identify the future intent of the asset or asset group: 
hold for continued use, hold for sale, or dispose by a means other than sale. If the asset is held for continued use and the 
carrying amount exceeds the undiscounted sum of cash flows expected from the use and eventual disposition of the property, 
the impairment loss is recognized as the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset or 
asset group, and the new cost basis is depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset. If the intent is to hold the asset 

47 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
for sale and certain other criteria are met (e.g., the asset can be disposed of currently, appropriate levels of authority have 
approved  the  sale,  and  there  is  an  active  program  to  locate  a buyer),  the  impairment  test  involves  comparing  the  asset’s 
carrying value to its estimated fair value. To the extent the carrying value is greater than the asset’s estimated fair value, an 
impairment charge is recognized for the difference. If the asset is to be disposed by a means other than sale, the depreciation 
estimates are revised to reflect the use of the asset over its shortened useful life. 

Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether an event has occurred, determining the future cash 

flows for the assets involved and selecting the appropriate discount rate to be applied in determining estimated fair value. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

We have a significant amount of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets that are reviewed at least annually for 
impairment. During 2017, we recognized $87.2 million of goodwill and $315.0 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets 
related to the NewWave acquisition; therefore, these balances were as follows (dollars in millions):  

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets ..............................................................   $ 
Total assets ......................................................................................................................   $ 
Percentage of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets to total assets ..................     

984.3     $
2,218.3     $
44%    

582.1   
1,421.1   
41 %

As of December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Goodwill 

Goodwill  is  calculated  as  the  excess  of  the  consideration  transferred  over  the  identifiable  net  assets  acquired  in  a 
business combination and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from anticipated synergies and intangible 
assets acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition, including assembled workforce, noncontractual relationships and 
other  agreements.  We  assess  the  recoverability  of  our  goodwill  as  of  November  30th  of  each  year,  or  more  frequently 
whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a reporting unit may exceed 
its fair value. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. To determine our reporting units, we evaluate the 
components  one  level  below  the  segment  level  and  we  aggregate  the  components  if  they  have  similar  economic 
characteristics.  As  a  result  of  this  assessment,  our  reporting  units  are  established  at  the  regional  cable  system  level.  We 
evaluate the determination of our reporting units used to test for impairment periodically or whenever events or substantive 
changes in circumstances occur. The assessment of recoverability may first consider qualitative factors to determine whether 
the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting 
unit is less than its carrying amount. A quantitative assessment is performed if the qualitative assessment results in a more-
likely-than-not determination or if a qualitative assessment is not performed. The quantitative assessment considers whether 
the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, in which case the second step of the goodwill impairment test 
would  be  performed,  and  the  implied  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  goodwill  is  compared  to  its  carrying  amount  to 
determine the amount of impairment. We did not recognize any impairment charges in any of the periods presented.  

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

Our $812.1 million and $497.1 million of intangible assets with an indefinite life as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively, are principally from cable franchise agreements that we have with state and local governments allowing us to 
contract and operate a cable business within a specified geographic area. We expect our cable franchise agreements to provide 
us  with  substantial  benefit  for  a  period  that  extends  beyond  the  foreseeable  horizon,  and  we  have  historically  obtained 
renewals and extensions of such agreements for nominal costs and without material modifications to the agreements. We 
grouped the recorded values of our various cable franchise agreements into regional cable systems or units of account. 

We  assess  the  recoverability  of  our  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  as  of  November  30th  of  each  year,  or  more 
frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. We evaluate 
the unit of account used to test for impairment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets periodically or whenever events or 
substantive changes in circumstances occur to ensure impairment testing is performed at an appropriate level. The assessment 
of recoverability may first consider qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an 
indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. A quantitative assessment is performed if the qualitative 
assessment results in a more-likely-than-not determination or if a qualitative assessment is not performed. When performing 
a quantitative assessment, we estimate the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily based on a discounted 
cash flow analysis that involves significant judgment. When analyzing the fair values indicated under the discounted cash 
flow  models,  we  also  consider  multiples  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  generated  by  the  underlying  assets,  current  market 

48 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
transactions, and profitability information. If the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets were less than the carrying 
amount, we would recognize an impairment charge for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value 
of the assets. We did not recognize any impairment charges in any of the periods presented. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

The cable industry is capital intensive, and a significant portion of our resources is spent on capital activities associated 
with extending, rebuilding, and upgrading our cable network. The following table presents certain information regarding our 
net  property,  plant  and  equipment,  including  as  a  percentage  of  total  assets,  and  our  cash  paid  for  property,  plant  and 
equipment for the periods indicated (dollars in millions): 

As of December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Property, plant and equipment, net ..................................................................................   $ 
Total assets ......................................................................................................................   $ 
Property, plant and equipment, net as a percentage of total assets ..................................     

831.9     $
2,218.3     $
38%    

642.9   
1,421.1   
45 %

Cash paid for property, plant and equipment 
2017 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2016 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2015 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $ 

Year ended 
December 31,   
175.2   
147.0   
161.8   

Property, plant and equipment represents the costs incurred in the design, construction and implementation of plant, 
infrastructure and capacity improvements and upgrades. Costs associated with the installation and upgrade of services and 
acquiring  and  deploying  customer  premise  equipment,  including  materials,  internal  and  external  labor  costs  and  related 
indirect and overhead costs are also capitalized. Indirect and overhead costs include payroll taxes, insurance and other benefits 
and  vehicle,  tool and  supply expense  related  to  installation  activities.  Capitalized  labor  costs  include  the  direct  costs  of 
engineers  and  technical  managers  involved  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  plant  and  infrastructure,  the  costs  of 
technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and customer premise equipment, and the costs of support 
personnel  directly  involved  in  capitalizable  activities,  such  as  project  managers and  supervisors.  Internal  labor  costs 
capitalized for engineering and technical personnel are based on standards developed by position for the percentage of time 
spent on capitalized projects while internal labor costs associated with installation and other plant activities are based on 
standards  developed  from  operational  data.  Overhead  costs  are  capitalized  based  on  standards  developed  from  historical 
information. Costs for repairs and maintenance, disconnecting service or reconnecting service are expensed as incurred. 

The estimated useful lives assigned to our property, plant and equipment are reviewed on an annual basis or more 
frequently if circumstances warrant and such lives are revised to the extent necessary due to changing facts and circumstances. 
Any changes in estimated useful lives are reflected prospectively. 

As previously disclosed, we changed our accounting related to the capitalization of certain internal labor and related 
costs associated with construction and customer installation activities beginning in the first quarter of 2017 as a result of 
additional information available from new systems and processes. We initially classified the change as a change in accounting 
estimate. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we determined that a certain portion of the initial change in estimate should have 
been categorized as a change in principle and have properly reflected the impact associated with the change in principle in 
our 2017 consolidated financial statements. Capitalized labor costs increased $16.3 million during 2017 compared to 2016, 
of which $15.6 million related to the change in principle. We also concurrently identified an error regarding the historical 
accounting for certain categories of internal labor and related costs associated with construction and customer installation 
activities and all financial information contained within this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been revised to reflect such 
error correction. 

49 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Recent accounting pronouncements which may be applicable to us are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial 

statements. 

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market  risk  is  the  potential  gain/loss  arising  from  changes  in  market  rates  and  prices,  such  as  interest  rates.  As 
described  under  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations—Financial 
Condition: Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activity,” our long-term debt at December 31, 2017 consisted of 
$450 million of the Notes and $744.4 million of borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities, which bear interest, at our 
option,  at  a  rate  per  annum  determined  by  reference  to  either  the  LIBOR  or  an  adjusted  base  rate,  in  each  case  plus  an 
applicable interest rate margin. Based on the principal outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities as of December 31, 
2017 and 2016, assuming, hypothetically, that the LIBOR rate applicable to the Senior Credit Facilities was 100 basis points 
higher would have resulted in a change in annual interest expense of $7.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The year-
over-year increase is primarily due to an increase in outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facilities. At December 
31, 2017 and 2016, the aggregate fair value of the Notes, based upon quoted market prices, was $464.6 million and $463.5 
million, respectively. An increase in the market rate of interest applicable to the Notes would not increase our interest expense 
with respect to the Notes since the rate of interest we are required to pay on the Notes is fixed. 

ITEM 8.  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Our  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  related  notes  thereto,  and  the  reports  of  independent  accountants  are 

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1. 

ITEM 9.  

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in 
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2017, the end of the period covered by this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
have  concluded  that,  as  of  the  end  of  such  period,  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  in 
recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the Company 
in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act and were effective in ensuring that information required to be 
disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the 
Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to 
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

As a result of the RBI Holding LLC ("NewWave") acquisition on May 1, 2017, the Company has incorporated internal 
controls over significant processes specific to the acquisition and to post-acquisition activities necessary for the integration 
of the combined company, including controls associated with acquisition-related accounting and related disclosures as well 
as  the  adoption  of  common  financial  reporting  and  internal  control  practices  for  the  combined  company.  The  NewWave 
operations  utilize  a  different  billing  system  and  processes,  for  which  the  Company  has  designed  and  implemented  new 
internal controls effective in the first quarter of 2018.  

Except as disclosed above, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as 
such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 
that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting.  

50 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). The Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets 
of  the  Company;  (ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the 
Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the 
Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

The Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  As 
permitted by guidance issued by the SEC, the Company has excluded from the scope of its assessment of internal control 
over financial reporting the operations and related assets of NewWave, which was acquired on May 1, 2017. Excluded assets 
of NewWave as of December 31, 2017 represented 10% of total assets, and NewWave’s revenues for the period May 1, 2017 
through December 31, 2017 represented 13% of total revenues. Based on the results of this assessment, management has 
concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on 
these criteria. 

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, has been audited 
by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report on page F-2 of 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

51 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  in  our  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  pursuant  to 
Regulation 14A within 120 days after our year ended December 31, 2017 in connection with our 2018 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders (the “2018 Proxy Statement”), or in amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein 
by reference. 

ITEM 11.  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2018 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2018 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  

CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2018 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2018 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

52 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 15.  

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) Documents filed as part of this report: 

PART IV 

(1)  Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements listed on the index set forth on page F-1 of this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules have been omitted since the information is

either not applicable or required or is included in the financial statements or notes thereof. 

(b) Exhibits. 

Exhibit 
Number  Description 

2.1 

2.2 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, by and between Graham Holdings Company
and Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable 
One, Inc. filed on June 18, 2015). 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 17, 2017, by and among Cable One, Inc., RBI Holding LLC,
Frequency Merger Sub, LLC, RBI Blocker Corp., RBI Blocker Holdings LLC, and GTCR-RBI, LLC, solely in 
its capacity as the equityholder representative (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable One, Inc. filed on January 20, 2017). 

Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Cable  One,  Inc.  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on July 1, 2015). 

Amended  and  Restated  By-laws  of  Cable  One,  Inc.  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  to  the
Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on July 1, 2015). 

Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2015, among Cable One, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of
New  York  Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the
Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 18, 2015). 

First  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  May  1,  2017,  among  Cable  One,  Inc.,  Avenue  Broadband
Communications LLC, Telecommunications Management, LLC, Ultra Communications Group, LLC, and The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 4, 2017). 

Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2015, by and among Cable One, Inc., as borrower, the lenders party
thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents party thereto (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on July 1, 2015).

Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, by and between Graham Holdings Company and Cable One,
Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on June 18, 2015). 

Employee  Matters  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  16,  2015,  by  and  between  Graham  Holdings  Company  and
Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable 
One, Inc. filed on June 18, 2015).+ 

Individual Deferred Compensation Arrangement between Cable One, Inc. and Thomas O. Might, dated June
25, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 2 to Form 10 of Cable One, Inc.
filed on May 15, 2015).+ 

53 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
Exhibit  
Number  Description 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

Cable One, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 11, 2015).+ 

Cable One, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current
Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 11, 2015).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock Award Agreement  for restricted stock grants during 2015 (incorporated  herein  by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on August 7, 2015).+ 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants during 2015 and 2016 (incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on August 10, 2015).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2016
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed 
on March 7, 2016).+ 

10.10 

Form  of  Stock  Appreciation  Right  Agreement  for  grants  during  2017  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2017).+ 

10.11 

10.12 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2017
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed 
on March 1, 2017).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based restricted stock grants during 2017 (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1,
2017).+ 

10.13  Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2017, among Cable One, Inc., the lenders
party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 14, 2017). 

10.14  Restatement Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2017, among Cable One, Inc., Cable One VoIP, LLC, JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 4, 2017). 

10.15  Amended and Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.*+ 

10.16 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for grants beginning in 2017 (incorporated
herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  of  Cable  One,  Inc.  filed  on  May  4,
2017).+ 

10.17 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants beginning in 2018.*+ 

10.18 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for performance-based restricted stock grants beginning in 2018.*+

10.19 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based restricted stock grants beginning in 2018.*+ 

10.20 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants in lieu of annual cash fees
beginning in 2018.*+ 

10.21 

Separation Agreement with Alan H. Silverman dated November 17, 2017.*+ 

18.1 

Letter regarding change in accounting principles from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.* 

21.1 

List of subsidiaries of Cable One, Inc.* 

54 

 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Exhibit 
Number  Description 

23.1 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.* 

24.1 

Power of Attorney (included on Signatures page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).* 

31.1 

31.2 

Principal Executive Officer Certification required by Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as adopted pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

Principal Financial Officer Certification required by Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as adopted pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

32 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** 

101.INS  XBRL Instance Document.* 

101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.* 

101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.* 

101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.* 

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.* 

101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.* 

_________ 
* Filed herewith. 
** Furnished herewith. 
+ Management contract or compensatory arrangement. 

ITEM 16.  

FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

55 

 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

CABLE ONE, INC. 
(Registrant) 

Date: March 1, 2018 

By: 

/s/ Julia M. Laulis 
Julia M. Laulis 
 Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints 
Julia M. Laulis and Kevin P. Coyle, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power 
of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any 
and all amendments to this Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection 
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and 
authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and 
agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  Report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Title 

Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
  (Principal Executive Officer) 

Date 

March 1, 2018 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   

March 1, 2018 

Signature 

/s/ Julia M. Laulis  
Julia M. Laulis 

/s/ Kevin P. Coyle 
Kevin P. Coyle 

/s/ Brad D. Brian 
Brad D. Brian 

/s/ Thomas S. Gayner 
Thomas S. Gayner 

/s/ Deborah J. Kissire 
Deborah J. Kissire 

/s/ Thomas O. Might 
Thomas O. Might 

/s/ Alan G. Spoon 
Alan G. Spoon 

/s/ Wallace R. Weitz 
Wallace R. Weitz 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

/s/ Katharine B. Weymouth    
Katharine B. Weymouth 

Director 

S-1 

March 1, 2018 

March 1, 2018 

March 1, 2018 

March 1, 2018 

March 1, 2018 

March 1, 2018 

March 1, 2018 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ...................................................................................... 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 ............................................................................ 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 

Page 
F-2 
F-4 

2016 and 2015 ...................................................................................................................................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 .......... 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 ......................... 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................................................................. 

F-5 
F-6 
F-7 
F-8 

F-1 

 
  
  
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cable One, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cable One, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 
31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of stockholders’ 
equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes 
(collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).  We also have audited the Company's internal control 
over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2017,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).   

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for 
each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2017  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2017,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. 

Change in Accounting Principle  

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts 
for the capitalization of certain internal labor and related costs in 2017. 

Basis for Opinions 

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included  in  Management's  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting  appearing  under  Item  9A.   Our 
responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audits.  We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company 
Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company 
in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained 
in all material respects.   

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that 
respond  to  those  risks.   Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and 
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.  Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial 
statements.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control 
over financial reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing and  evaluating  the design  and 
operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other 
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for 
our opinions. 

As described  in  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control Over  Financial  Reporting, management  has  excluded  RBI 
Holding LLC (“NewWave”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 
because  it  was  acquired  by  the  Company  in  a  purchase  business  combination  during  2017.   We  have  also  excluded 
NewWave from our audit of internal control over financial reporting.  NewWave is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose 
total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial 
reporting represent 10% and 13%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the 
year ended December 31, 2017. 

F-2 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies 
and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, 
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls 
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures 
may deteriorate. 

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Phoenix, Arizona 
March 1, 2018 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.  

F-3 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(in thousands, except par value and share data) 
Assets 
Current Assets: 

December 31, 
2017  

December 31, 
2016 

Cash and cash equivalents ...........................................................................................   $
Accounts receivable, net ..............................................................................................     
Income tax receivable ..................................................................................................     
Prepaid assets ...............................................................................................................     
Total Current Assets .................................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment, net ..................................................................................     
Intangibles, net ................................................................................................................     
Goodwill ..........................................................................................................................     
Other assets .....................................................................................................................     
Total Assets ..............................................................................................................   $

161,752     $
51,141       
21,331       
8,160       
242,384       
831,892       
965,745       
172,129       
6,179       
2,218,329     $

138,040  
33,049  
4,547  
10,824  
186,460  
642,915  
497,480  
84,928  
9,306  
1,421,089  

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Current Liabilities: 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  ....................................................................   $
Deferred revenue .........................................................................................................     
Long-term debt – current portion .................................................................................     
Total Current Liabilities ...........................................................................................     
Long-term debt ................................................................................................................     
Deferred income taxes .....................................................................................................     
Accrued compensation and other liabilities .....................................................................     
Total Liabilities ........................................................................................................     

117,963     $
38,266       
14,375       
170,604       
1,160,682       
205,636       
9,991       
1,546,913       

82,703  
22,190  
6,250  
111,143  
530,886  
285,349  
24,434  
951,812  

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 16) 

Stockholders' Equity 

Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 4,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or 

outstanding) ..............................................................................................................     

-       

-  

Common stock ($0.01 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 5,887,899 shares 

issued, and 5,731,442 and 5,708,223 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2017 
and 2016, respectively) ............................................................................................     
Additional paid-in capital ............................................................................................     
Retained earnings .........................................................................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .......................................................................     
Treasury stock, at cost (156,457 and 179,676 shares held as of December 31, 2017 

60       
28,412       
723,354       
(352 )     

59  
17,669  
526,542  
(446) 

and 2016, respectively) ............................................................................................     
Total Stockholders' Equity .......................................................................................     
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity ...............................................................   $

(80,058 )     
671,416       
2,218,329     $

(74,547) 
469,277  
1,421,089  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

 
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

960,029    $ 

819,625    $

807,266   

(in thousands, except per share and share data) 
Revenues ............................................................................................   $
Costs and Expenses 

Operating (excluding depreciation and amortization) .....................     
Selling, general and administrative .................................................     
Depreciation and amortization ........................................................     
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets .....................................................     
Total operating costs and expenses ....................................................     
Income from operations ......................................................................     
Interest expense ..................................................................................     
Other income (expense), net ...............................................................     
Income before income taxes ...............................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit) ...........................................................     
Net income .........................................................................................   $

337,040      
204,799      
181,619      
574      
724,032      
235,997      
(46,864)     
668      
189,801      
(44,227)     
234,028    $ 

296,577      
184,024      
147,839      
2,821      
631,261      
188,364      
(30,221)     
5,121      
163,264      
62,162      
101,102    $

Other comprehensive gain (loss), net of tax .......................................     
Comprehensive income ......................................................................   $

94      
234,122    $ 

111      
101,213    $

304,837   
193,747   
144,503   
602   
643,689   
163,577   
(16,090 ) 
(232 ) 
147,255   
55,433   
91,822   

(557 ) 
91,265   

Net income per common share: 

Basic ............................................................................................   $
Diluted .........................................................................................   $

41.20    $ 
40.72    $ 

17.60    $
17.52    $

15.69   
15.67   

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 

Basic ............................................................................................     
Diluted .........................................................................................     

5,680,073      
5,747,037      

5,743,568      
5,770,960      

5,853,283   
5,860,089   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

   Common Stock 
   Shares 

(dollars in thousands) 
Balance at December 31, 2014 ......      5,843,313    $ 
-      
Dividends paid to GHC ...................     
-      
Net income .......................................     
Net transfers to GHC .......................     
-      
Reclassification of Additional GHC 

Additional 
Paid-In 
    Amount      Capital 
58    $ 
-      
-      
-      

     Retained      
     Earnings      
-    $  1,335,733    $ 
(450,000)     
-      
91,822      
-      
-      
-      

Additional 
GHC 
Investment     
(Deficit) 

Treasury 
Stock, 
     at cost 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive      
Loss 

Total 
Stockholders’   
Equity 

(472,689)   $ 
-      
-      
(36,199)     

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      

863,102  
(450,000) 
91,822  
(36,199) 

investment (deficit) in 
-      
connection with spin-off .............     
-      
Changes in pension, net of tax ........     
36,612      
Equity-based compensation .............     
(8,347)     
Forfeiture of restricted stock ...........     
(38,136)     
Repurchase of common stock..........     
Dividends paid to stockholders .......     
-      
Balance at December 31, 2015 ......      5,833,442      
-      
Net income .......................................     
-      
Changes in pension, net of tax ........     
-      
Equity-based compensation .............     
Issuance of common stock under 

restricted stock unit awards .........     

947      

Issuance of equity awards, net of 

forfeitures ....................................     

4,247      
Repurchase of common stock..........      (126,797)     
(3,616)     
Withholding tax for equity awards ..     
Excess income tax benefits for 
equity-based compensation 
activities ......................................     
Dividends paid to stockholders .......     
-      
Balance at December 31, 2016 ......      5,708,223      
-      
Net income .......................................     
-      
Changes in pension, net of tax ........     
Equity-based compensation .............     
-      
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

31,129      
forfeitures ....................................     
(900)     
Repurchases of common stock ........     
(7,010)     
Withholding tax for equity awards ..     
Dividends paid to stockholders .......     
-      
Balance at December 31, 2017 ......      5,731,442    $ 

-      
-      
1      
-      
-      
-      
59      
-      
-      
-      

-      

-      
-      
-      

-      
-      
59      
-      
-      
-      

1      
-      
-      
-      
60    $ 

-      
-      
4,929      
-      
-      
-      
4,929      
-      
-      
12,298      

(380)     

-      
-      
-      

(508,888)     
-      
-      
-      
-      
(8,782)     
459,885      
101,102      
-      
-      

508,888      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      

-      

-      
-      
-      

822      
-      
17,669      
-      
-      
10,743      

-      
(34,445)     
526,542      
234,028      
-      
-      

-      
-      
-      
-      
28,412    $ 

-      
-      
-      
(37,216)     
723,354    $ 

-      
-      
-      
-      
(16,367)     
-      
(16,367)     
-      
-      
-      

380      

-      
(56,370)     
(2,190)     

-      
-      
(74,547)     
-      
-      
-      

-      

-      
-      
-      

-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      

-      
-      
(528)     
-      
(4,983)     
-      
-      
-      
-    $  (80,058)   $ 

-      
(557)     
-      
-      
-      
-      
(557)     
-      
111      
-      

-      

-      
-      
-      

-      
-      
(446)     
-      
94      
-      

-      
-      
-      
-      
(352)   $ 

-  
(557) 
4,930  
-  
(16,367) 
(8,782) 
447,949  
101,102  
111  
12,298  

-  

-  
(56,370) 
(2,190) 

822  
(34,445) 
469,277  
234,028  
94  
10,743  

1  
(528) 
(4,983) 
(37,216) 
671,416  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

 
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
       
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(in thousands) 
Cash flows from operating activities:  

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Net income .................................................................................................   $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

234,028    $ 

101,102     $ 

91,822   

activities: 

Depreciation and amortization ...............................................................     
Amortization of debt issuance costs .......................................................     
Equity-based compensation ....................................................................     
Write-off of debt issuance costs .............................................................     
Excess income tax benefits for equity-based compensation activities ....     
Gain on sale of cable system ..................................................................     
Deferred income taxes ............................................................................     
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets .............................................................     
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable, net.....................................................................     
Income tax receivable .........................................................................     
Prepaid assets .....................................................................................     
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ............................................     
Deferred revenue ................................................................................     
Income taxes payable .........................................................................     
Other assets and other liabilities, net ..................................................     
Net cash provided by operating activities ......................................................     

Cash flows from investing activities:  

Purchase of business, net of cash acquired .................................................     
Capital expenditures ...................................................................................     
Change in accrued expenses related to capital expenditures ......................     
Proceeds from sale of cable system, net .....................................................     
Acquisition of cable system .......................................................................     
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment and other ...............     
Net cash used in investing activities ...............................................................     

Cash flows from financing activities:  

Net transfers to GHC ..................................................................................     
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt .................................................     
Payment of debt issuance costs ..................................................................     
Payments on long-term debt .......................................................................     
Repurchases of common stock ...................................................................     
Payments of withholding tax for equity awards .........................................     
Dividends paid to stockholders ..................................................................     
Dividends paid to GHC ..............................................................................     
Excess income tax benefits for equity-based compensation activities ........     
Cash overdraft ............................................................................................     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ........................................     

181,619      
3,174      
10,743      
613      
-      
-      
(86,357)     
574      

(3,065)     
(16,784)     
4,950      
6,982      
1,560      
-      
(13,551)     
324,486      

(727,947)     
(179,363)     
4,167      
-      
-      
11,976      
(891,167)     

-      
750,000      
(15,224)     
(100,642)     
(528)     
(4,983)     
(37,216)     
-      
-      
(1,014)     
590,393      

147,839       
1,642       
12,298       
-       
(822 )     
(4,096 )     
(1,090 )     
2,821       

1,773       
(4,547 )     
243       
4,052       
(173 )     
(5,928 )     
2,007       
257,121       

-       
(130,824 )     
(16,190 )     
6,752       
(2,672 )     
1,327       
(141,607 )     

-       
-       
-       
(3,767 )     
(56,370 )     
(2,190 )     
(34,445 )     
-       
822       
(723 )     
(96,673 )     

Change in cash and cash equivalents .............................................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period .............................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period .......................................................   $ 

23,712      
138,040      
161,752    $ 

18,841       
119,199       
138,040     $ 

144,503   
902   
9,213   
-   
-   
-   
(12,078 ) 
602   

(4,976 ) 
-   
1,763   
15,417   
1,359   
2,073   
1,516   
252,116   

-   
(172,064 ) 
10,225   
-   
-   
911   
(160,928 ) 

(42,665 ) 
541,114   
(1,768 ) 
(1,250 ) 
(16,367 ) 
-   
(8,782 ) 
(450,000 ) 
-   
1,319   
21,601   

112,789   
6,410   
119,199   

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:  

Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest ........................................   $ 
Cash paid for income taxes ........................................................................   $ 

43,327    $ 
59,622    $ 

28,628     $ 
73,007     $ 

14,038   
29,970   

Non-cash investing and financing activity:  

Equipment financed with capital lease .......................................................   $ 

-    $ 

-     $ 

301   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.   DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 

Cable  One,  Inc.,  together  with  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  (collectively,  “Cable  One,”  “us,”  “our,”  “we”  or  the 
“Company”), owns and operates cable systems that provide data, video and voice services to residential and commercial 
subscribers in 21 Western, Midwestern and Southern states of the United States. At the end of 2017, Cable One provided 
service to 643,153 data customers, 363,888 video customers and 134,881 voice customers. 

On July 1, 2015, Cable One became an independent company traded under the ticker symbol “CABO” on the New York 
Stock Exchange after completion of its spin-off from its former parent, Graham Holdings Company (“GHC”). The spin-off 
was effected through the distribution by GHC of 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Cable One to GHC 
stockholders as of the record date for the distribution (the “spin-off”) in a pro rata dividend. In connection with the spin-off, 
approximately 5.84 million shares of Cable One’s common stock were issued and outstanding on July 1, 2015, based on 
approximately 0.96 million shares of GHC Class A Common Stock and 4.88 million shares of GHC Class B Common Stock 
outstanding as of June 30, 2015. No preferred stock was issued or outstanding. 

On  May  1, 2017,  the  Company  completed the  acquisition  of  all  of  the outstanding  equity  interests of  RBI Holding  LLC 
(“NewWave”),  which  became  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Cable  One.  The  Company  paid  a  purchase  price  of  $740.2 
million  in  cash  on  a  debt-free  basis  and  subject  to  customary  post-closing  adjustments.  See  Note  3  for  details  on  this 
transaction.  

2.  

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Basis  of  Presentation.  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  reflect  the  Company’s  results  of operations  and  financial  position  as  a  stand-alone 
company following the spin-off. Prior to the spin-off, the Company’s financial statements were derived from the consolidated 
financial  statements  and  accounting  records  of  GHC.  The  impact  of  transactions  between  the  Company  and  GHC  was 
included in the consolidated financial statements and was considered to be effectively settled for cash in the consolidated 
financial  statements  at  the  time  the  spin-off  was  effective.  The  total  net  effect  of  the  settlement  of  these  intercompany 
transactions was reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as a financing activity at the time of settlement and 
in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity as Additional GHC investment (deficit). 

The Company’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 may not be indicative of the 
Company’s future results. In addition, as the Company did not operate as a stand-alone entity prior to July 1, 2015, the 2015 
financial information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may not necessarily reflect what the Company’s financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows would have been had the Company operated as a stand-alone entity during the 
entirety of 2015. 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current year presentation.  

Principles of Consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, 
including its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Change in Accounting Principle, Change in Estimate, Error Correction and Revision of Previously Issued Financial 
Statements.  During 2017,  the  Company  changed  its  accounting related to  the  capitalization of  certain  internal  labor  and 
related costs associated with construction and customer installation activities as a result of additional information available 
from  new  systems  and  processes.  Initially,  the  Company  classified  the  entire  change  as  a  change  in  accounting 
estimate. During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company determined that a portion of what had previously been reported as 
a change in estimate should have been categorized as a change in accounting principle, a portion was determined to be the 
correction of an error and a portion remained a change in estimate.   

F-8 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Change in Accounting Principle 

Effective January 1, 2017, the Company voluntarily changed its accounting principle for the capitalization of certain labor 
related to the provision of service to a new customer relationship in an existing location and upgrades to individual services 
in  existing  locations.  In  addition,  the  Company  voluntarily  changed  its  accounting  principle  for  the  capitalization  of 
supervisory activities performed by management positions. Under the Company’s previous policies, installation costs were 
capitalized  only  when  incurred  to  connect  residences  or  businesses  that  had  not  been  previously  connected  to  the  cable 
infrastructure, and supervisory activities were expensed as incurred. The Company believes that the changes are preferable 
as the new policies are a prevalent practice in the cable industry and therefore, reported results will be more consistent with 
its peers. In addition, the application of the new policies provides a better matching of costs over the period of benefit and 
reflect the total cost to acquire and deploy related assets. The changes were applied prospectively for all periods in fiscal year 
2017 due to the impracticability of retrospective adoption. The Company determined that the retrospective application of the 
change in accounting principle is impracticable for all prior periods as the Company would have to make significant estimates 
and assumptions over a number of years due to the lack of a time tracking system and the change in mix of employee activities 
resulting from the Company’s business changes over the years. The following tables reflect the changes to financial statement 
line items as a result of the change in accounting principle for fiscal year 2017 (in thousands, except per share data): 

Effect of 
Accounting 
Change 

Increase (decrease) in financial statement line item 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Information 
Property, plant and equipment, net ................................................................................................................  $ 
Deferred income taxes ...................................................................................................................................    
Retained earnings ..........................................................................................................................................  $ 

           14,604
         5,550 
             9,054 

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income Information 
Costs and expenses 
   Operating (excluding depreciation and amortization) ................................................................................  $ 
   Selling, general and administrative ............................................................................................................    
   Depreciation and amortization ...................................................................................................................    
Income before income taxes ..........................................................................................................................    
Income tax provision (benefit) ......................................................................................................................    
Net income ....................................................................................................................................................    
Comprehensive income .................................................................................................................................  $ 
Net income per common share: 
   Basic ...........................................................................................................................................................  $ 
   Diluted ........................................................................................................................................................  $ 

        (15,342)
(236)
         974
14,604
5,550
9,054
            9,054

              1.59
              1.58

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Information 
Net cash provided by operating activities ......................................................................................................  $ 
Net cash used in investing activities ..............................................................................................................  $ 

          15,578
       (15,578)

Change in Estimate 

A portion of the accounting change remains classified as a change in accounting estimate as described above. The effect of 
the  change  was  applied  prospectively  starting  on  January  1,  2017  and  was  not  material  to  the  Company’s  consolidated 
financial statements. 

Error Correction 

During the fourth quarter, the Company also identified an error associated with the historical accounting for certain categories 
of internal labor and related costs which resulted in the undercapitalization of labor costs in its previously issued 2016, 2015 
and prior annual and interim financial statements. Although the Company has determined such error to be immaterial to its 
prior financial statements, the cumulative effect of the error would be material if corrected in the current year. Therefore, the 
Company has revised its historical financial statements to properly reflect the impact of the labor capitalization, including the 
related impact to depreciation expense and income taxes. The $9.8 million cumulative impact of such errors for periods prior 
to 2015 has been accounted for as an adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2015. In connection with this revision, 
the Company has also corrected for other previously identified immaterial income tax and other errors.  

F-9 

 
  
  
  
     
  
 
  
  
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
Revision of Previously Issued Financial Statements 

The  following  tables  present  the  effect  of  the  revision  on  the  previously  issued  2016  and  2015  consolidated  financial 
statements as a result of the error correction described above (in thousands, except per share data): 

   As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2016   
   As Reported       Adjustment       As Revised 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information 
Accounts receivable, net .....................................................................   $
Property, plant and equipment, net .....................................................     
Total Assets ....................................................................................     
Deferred income taxes ........................................................................     
Total Liabilities ...............................................................................     
Retained earnings ...............................................................................     
Total Stockholders’ Equity .............................................................   $

32,526    $ 
619,621      
1,397,271      
276,297      
942,760      
511,776      
454,511    $ 

523     $
23,294       
23,818       
9,052       
9,052       
14,766       
14,766     $

33,049  
642,915  
1,421,089  
285,349  
951,812  
526,542  
469,277  

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income Information         
Costs and Expenses 

Operating (excluding depreciation and amortization) .....................   $
Selling, general and administrative .................................................     
Depreciation and amortization ........................................................     
Total operating costs and expenses ....................................................     
Income from operations ......................................................................     
Income before income taxes ...............................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit) ........................................................     
Net income .........................................................................................   $
Comprehensive income ......................................................................   $
Net income per common share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $
Diluted ............................................................................................   $

301,617    $ 
184,797      
142,183      
631,418      
188,207      
163,107      
64,168      
98,939    $ 
99,050    $ 

17.23    $ 
17.14    $ 

(5,040 )   $
(773 )     
5,656       
(157)       
157       
157       
(2,006 )     
2,163     $
2,163     $

0.37     $
0.38     $

296,577  
184,024  
147,839  
631,261  
188,364  
163,264  
62,162  
101,102  
101,213  

17.60  
17.52  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Information 
Net cash provided by operating activities ...........................................   $
Net cash used in investing activities ...................................................   $

251,831    $ 
(136,317)   $ 

5,290     $
(5,290 )   $

257,121  
(141,607) 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 

   As Reported       Adjustment       As Revised 

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income Information         
Costs and Expenses 

Operating (excluding depreciation and amortization) .....................   $
Selling, general and administrative .................................................     
Depreciation and amortization ........................................................     
Total operating costs and expenses ....................................................     
Income from operations ......................................................................     
Income before income taxes ...............................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit) ........................................................     
Net income .........................................................................................   $
Comprehensive income ......................................................................   $
Net income per common share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $
Diluted ............................................................................................   $

310,323    $ 
193,964      
140,635      
645,524      
161,742      
145,420      
56,387      
89,033    $ 
88,476    $ 

15.21    $ 
15.19    $ 

(5,486 )   $
(217 )     
3,868       
(1,835)       
1,835       
1,835       
(954 )     
2,789     $
2,789     $

0.48     $
0.48     $

304,837  
193,747  
144,503  
643,689  
163,577  
147,255  
55,433  
91,822  
91,265  

15.69  
15.67  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Information 
Net cash provided by operating activities ...........................................   $
Net cash used in investing activities ...................................................   $

246,413    $ 
(155,225)   $ 

5,703     $
(5,703 )   $

252,116  
(160,928) 

These accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements reflect the impact of this revision. The Company has also 
reflected the impact of the revision in the applicable unaudited quarterly financial results. Refer to Note 17 for reconciliations 
between previously reported and revised quarterly amounts.  

F-10 

 
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
Segment Reporting. Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 280 - Segment Reporting requires the disclosure of factors 
used to identify an enterprise’s reportable segments. The Company’s operations are organized and managed on the basis of 
cable systems within its geographic regions. Each cable system derives revenues from the delivery of similar products and 
services  to  a  customer  base  that  is  also  similar.  Each  cable  system  deploys  similar  technology  to  deliver  the  Company’s 
products and services, operates within a similar regulatory environment, has similar economic characteristics and is managed 
by the Company’s chief operating decision maker as part of an aggregate of all cable systems. Management evaluated the 
criteria for aggregation under ASC 280 and believes that the Company meets each of the respective criteria set forth therein. 
Accordingly, management has identified one reportable segment. 

Use of Estimates. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management 
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported herein. Management bases its estimates and assumptions 
on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Due to the 
inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be affected by changes in 
those estimates and underlying assumptions. 

Revenue  Recognition. Revenue  is  recognized  when  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  the  fees  are  fixed  or 
determinable,  the  product  or  service  has  been  delivered  and  collectability  is  reasonably  assured.  Revenues  are  primarily 
derived from subscriber fees for data, video, and voice services, and from the sale of advertising.  

The Company recognizes subscriber revenue as each service is provided. Revenue received from subscribers who purchase 
bundled services (e.g., the Company sells data, video and voice services to a customer) at a discounted rate is allocated to 
each  product  in  a  pro-rata  manner  based  on  the  individual  product’s  selling  price  on  a  standalone  basis.  The  Company 
typically bills customers in advance on a monthly basis. The Company manages credit risk by screening applicants through 
the use of internal customer information, identification verification tools and credit bureau data. Various measures are used 
to  collect  outstanding  amounts  when  a  customer’s  account  is  delinquent,  including  termination  of  the  customer’s  cable 
services. Residential installation revenue is recognized when the connection of the customer to the Company’s cable system 
is completed, as installation revenue is less than the related direct selling costs. Installation revenue derived from business 
services customers is recognized over the associated contract term.  

The Company generally receives an allocation of scheduled advertising time as part of its distribution agreements with cable 
networks, which the Company sells to local, regional and national advertisers. The Company recognizes advertising sales 
revenue when the commercials are aired. In most cases, the available advertising time is sold by the Company’s internal sales 
force. Since the Company is acting as a principal in these arrangements, the advertising that is sold is reported as revenue on 
a gross basis. In cases where advertising time is sold by agencies, the Company is not acting as a principal and the advertising 
sold is reported net of agency fees. 

Under the terms of the Company’s cable franchise agreements, the Company is generally required to pay to the franchising 
authority  an  amount  based  on  the  gross  amount  billed  to  the  customer.  The  Company  normally  passes  these  fees  to  its 
customers and reports the fees on a gross basis as a component of revenue with the corresponding costs included in operating 
expense. The franchise authority assesses the Company directly for these fees and it is the Company’s obligation to pay the 
fees. The amount of such fees recorded on a gross basis was $15.7 million, $14.2 million and $15.7 million in 2017, 2016 
and 2015, respectively. 

Effective for 2018, the Company’s criteria for revenue recognition changed as a result of the adoption of a new accounting 
standard as discussed within the Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements section. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk 
are primarily cash and accounts receivable. Concentration of credit risk with respect to the Company’s cash balance is limited. 
The  Company  maintains  or  invests  its  cash  with  highly  qualified  financial  institutions.  With  respect  to  the  Company’s 
receivables, credit risk is limited due to the large number of customers, individually small balances and short payment terms. 

Programming Costs. The Company’s programming costs are fees paid to license the programming that is distributed to 
video  customers  and  are  recorded  in  the  period  the  services  are  provided.  Programming  costs  are  recorded  based  on  the 
Company’s contractual agreements with its programming vendors, which are generally multi-year agreements that provide 
for the Company to make payments to the programming vendors at agreed upon rates based on the number of subscribers to 
which  the  Company  provides  the  programming  service.  From  time  to  time,  these  agreements  expire  and  programming 
continues to be distributed, often pursuant to an extension, to customers while the parties negotiate new contractual terms. 
While payments are typically made under the prior agreement’s terms, the amount of programming costs recorded during 
these  interim  periods  is  based  on  the  Company’s  estimates  of  the  ultimate  contractual  terms  expected  to  be  negotiated. 

F-11 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Differences between actual amounts determined upon resolution of negotiations and amounts recorded during these interim 
periods are recorded in the period of resolution. 

Advertising  Costs.  The  Company  expenses  advertising  costs  as  incurred.  The  total  amount  of  such  advertising  expense 
recorded was $25.3 million, $25.9 million and $22.5 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. For financial reporting purposes, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with 
original maturities at purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which 
approximates market value. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts.  Accounts  receivable  have  been  reduced  by  an  allowance  for  amounts  that  may  be 
uncollectible in the future. This estimated allowance is based primarily on the aging category, historical collection experience 
and management’s evaluation of the financial condition of the customer. The Company generally considers an account past 
due  or  delinquent  when  a  customer  misses  a  scheduled  payment.  The  Company  writes  off  accounts  receivable  balances 
deemed uncollectible against the allowance for doubtful accounts generally when the account is turned over for collection to 
an outside collection agency. 

Fair Value Measurements. Fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that a market participant 
would use in pricing an asset or liability based on a three-tiered hierarchy that draws a distinction between market participant 
assumptions based on (i) observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets (Level 1); (ii) inputs other than quoted 
prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly (Level 2); and (iii) unobservable inputs that require 
the Company to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value (Level 3). Financial assets 
and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measure. 
The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurements requires judgment and 
may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities being measured and their placement within the fair value hierarchy. 

For assets that are measured using quoted prices in active markets, the total fair value is the published market price per unit 
multiplied by the number of units held, without consideration of transaction costs. Assets and liabilities that are measured 
using significant other observable inputs are primarily valued by reference to quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in 
active markets, adjusted for any terms specific to that asset or liability. 

The Company measures certain assets including goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment at fair value 
on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be impaired. The fair value of these assets is determined with valuation 
techniques using the best information available and may include quoted market prices, market comparables and discounted 
cash flow models. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The carrying amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because 
of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. 

Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost. Replacements and major improvements 
are capitalized; maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method 
over the following estimated useful lives of the property, plant and equipment (in years): 

Cable distribution systems ................................................................................................................................... 
Customer premise equipment .............................................................................................................................. 
Other equipment, vehicles and fixtures ............................................................................................................... 
Capitalized software ............................................................................................................................................ 
Buildings and improvements ............................................................................................................................... 

5 – 12 
5 
3 – 10 
3 – 7 
20 

The costs of leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the remaining terms of the respective 
leases. 

Costs associated with the installation and upgrade of services and acquiring and deploying customer premise equipment, 
including  materials,  internal  and  external  labor  costs  and related  indirect  and overhead  costs  are capitalized.  Indirect  and 
overhead costs include payroll taxes, insurance and other benefits and vehicle, tool and supply expense related to installation 
activities. Capitalized labor costs include the direct costs of engineers and technical managers involved in the design and 
implementation of plant and infrastructure, the costs of technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and 
customer premise equipment, and the costs of support personnel directly involved in capitalizable activities, such as project 
managers and supervisors. Internal labor costs capitalized for engineering and technical personnel are based on standards 

F-12 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
developed  by  position  for  the  percentage  of  time  spent  on  capitalized  projects  while  internal  labor  costs  associated  with 
installation and other plant activities are based on standards developed from operational data. Overhead costs are capitalized 
based  on  standards  developed  from  historical  information. Costs  for  repairs  and  maintenance,  disconnecting  service  or 
reconnecting service are expensed as incurred. 

As previously disclosed, the Company changed its accounting related to the capitalization of certain internal labor and related 
costs associated with construction and customer installation activities beginning in the first quarter of 2017 as a result of 
additional information available from new systems and processes. The Company initially classified the change as a change 
in accounting estimate. During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company determined that a certain portion of the initial change 
in estimate should have been categorized as a change in principle and has properly reflected the impact associated with such 
change in its 2017 consolidated financial statements. Capitalized labor costs increased $16.3 million during 2017 compared 
to 2016, of which $15.6 million related to the change in principle. The Company also concurrently identified and corrected 
an  error  regarding  the  historical  accounting  for  certain  categories  of  internal  labor  and  related  costs  associated  with 
construction and customer installation activities and all financial information contained within this Annual Report on Form 
10-K has been revised to reflect all error corrections. 

The Company capitalizes certain internal and external costs incurred to acquire or develop internal-use software, including 
costs associated with coding, software configuration, upgrades and enhancements. 

Evaluation of Long-Lived Assets. The recoverability of property, plant and equipment and amortized intangible assets is 
assessed whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that recorded values may not be recoverable. A long-
lived asset is considered to not be recoverable when the undiscounted estimated future cash flows are less than the asset’s 
recorded  value.  An  impairment  charge  is  measured  based  on  estimated  fair  market  value,  determined  primarily  using 
estimated future cash flows on a discounted basis. Losses on long-lived assets to be disposed of are determined in a similar 
manner, but the fair market value would be reduced for estimated costs to dispose. 

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets. Finite-lived intangible assets consist of cable franchise renewals and access rights, customer 
relationships and trademarks and trade names, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the respective estimated periods 
for which the assets will provide economic benefit to the Company. 

Indefinite-Lived  Intangible  Assets.  The  Company’s  intangible  assets  with  an  indefinite  life  are  principally  from  cable 
franchise  agreements  that  it  has with  state  and  local  governments  allowing  the  Company  to  contract and operate  a cable 
business  within  a  specified  geographic  area.  The  Company  expects  its  cable  franchise  agreements  to  provide  it  with 
substantial  benefit  for  a  period  that  extends  beyond  the  foreseeable  horizon,  and  the  Company  has  historically  obtained 
renewals and extensions of such agreements for nominal costs and without material modifications to the agreements. The 
Company  grouped  the  recorded  values  of  its  various  cable  franchise  agreements  into  regional  cable  systems  or  units  of 
account. 

The Company assesses the recoverability of its indefinite-lived intangible assets as of November 30th of each year, or more 
frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. The Company 
evaluates the unit of account used to test for impairment of its indefinite-lived intangible assets periodically or whenever 
events or substantive changes in circumstances occur to ensure impairment testing is performed at an appropriate level. The 
assessment of recoverability may first consider qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair 
value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. A quantitative assessment is performed if the 
qualitative assessment results in a more-likely-than-not determination or if a qualitative assessment is not performed. When 
performing a quantitative assessment, the Company estimates the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily 
based on a discounted cash flow analysis that involves significant judgment. When analyzing the fair values indicated under 
the discounted cash flow models, the Company also considers multiples of Adjusted EBITDA generated by the underlying 
assets, current market transactions, and profitability information. If the fair value of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible 
assets were less than the carrying amount, the Company would recognize an impairment charge for the difference between 
the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the assets. The Company did not recognize any impairment charges in any 
of the periods presented. 

Goodwill. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the identifiable net assets acquired in a 
business combination and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from anticipated synergies and intangible 
assets acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition, including assembled workforce, noncontractual relationships and 
other  agreements.  The  Company  assesses  the  recoverability  of  its  goodwill  as  of  November  30th  of  each  year,  or  more 
frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a reporting unit may 
exceed its fair value. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. To determine its reporting units, 

F-13 

 
 
  
  
 
  
the Company evaluates the components one level below the segment level and it aggregates the components if they have 
similar economic characteristics. As a result of this assessment, the Company’s reporting units are established at the regional 
cable system level. The Company evaluates the determination of its reporting units used to test for impairment periodically 
or  whenever  events  or  substantive  changes  in  circumstances  occur.  The  assessment  of  recoverability  may  first  consider 
qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. A quantitative assessment is performed if the 
qualitative assessment results in a more-likely-than-not determination or if a qualitative assessment is not performed. The 
quantitative assessment considers whether the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, in which case the 
second step of the goodwill impairment test would be performed, and the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill 
is compared to its carrying amount to determine the amount of impairment. The Company did not recognize any impairment 
charges in any of the periods presented.  

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits. The Company maintains various pension and incentive savings plans. The 
Company recognizes the overfunded or underfunded status of the defined benefit SERP (as defined in Note 13) as an asset 
or liability in its statement of financial positon and recognizes changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes 
occur through comprehensive income. The Company measures changes in the funded status of its plans using the projected 
unit credit method and several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which is the discount rate. The Company uses a 
measurement date of December 31st for its pension and other postretirement benefit plans. 

Self-Insurance. The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance for a number of risks, including claims 
related to employee medical and dental care, disability benefits, workers’ compensation, general liability, property damage 
and business interruption. Liabilities associated with these plans are estimated based on, among other things, the Company’s 
historical  claims  experience,  severity  factors  and  other  actuarial  assumptions.  Accruals  for  expected  loss  are  based  on 
estimates, and, while the Company believes that the amounts accrued are adequate, the ultimate loss may differ from the 
amounts provided. 

Equity-Based Compensation. The Company measures compensation expense for awards settled in shares based on the grant 
date fair value of the award. The Company measures compensation expense for awards settled in cash, or that may be settled 
in cash, based on the fair value at each reporting date. The Company recognizes the expense over the requisite service period, 
which is generally the vesting period of the award. 

Income Taxes. Subsequent to the spin-off, the Company’s income taxes have been prepared on a separate return basis as if 
the Company was a stand-alone entity. Prior to the spin-off, the Company’s operations were historically included in GHC’s 
consolidated U.S. Federal and certain state tax returns. The results from being included in the consolidated tax returns were 
included in Additional GHC investment (deficit) for the applicable periods. The Company did not maintain taxes payable 
to/from GHC and was deemed to settle the annual current tax balances immediately with the legal tax-paying entities in the 
respective jurisdictions. These settlements were reflected as net transfer to/from GHC within Additional GHC investment 
(deficit). 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax 
assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. 
Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements 
and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to 
reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that 
includes the enactment date. 

The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. 
In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals 
of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences,  projected  future  taxable  income,  tax  planning  strategies  and  recent  financial 
operations. This evaluation is made on an ongoing basis. In the event the Company were to determine that it was not able to 
realize net deferred income tax assets in the future, the Company would record a valuation allowance, which would impact 
the provision for income taxes. 

The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be 
sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. 
The  Company  records  a  liability  for  the  difference  between  the  benefit  recognized  and  measured  for  financial  statement 
purposes and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on the tax return. Changes in the estimate are recorded in the 
period in which such determination is made. 

F-14 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
Asset  Retirement  Obligations.  Certain  of  the  Company’s  cable  franchise  agreements  and  lease  agreements  contain 
provisions requiring the Company to restore facilities or remove property in the event that the franchise or lease agreement 
is not renewed. The Company expects to continually renew its cable franchise agreements and therefore cannot reasonably 
estimate  any  liabilities  associated  with  such  agreements.  A  remote  possibility  exists  that  franchise  agreements  could  be 
terminated unexpectedly, which could result in the Company incurring significant expense in complying with restoration or 
removal provisions. The Company does not have any significant liabilities related to asset retirements recorded in the financial 
statements. 

Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements. In May 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the 
“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): 
Scope of Modification Accounting. ASU 2017-09 provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a 
share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in accordance with Topic 718. The ASU is 
effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2018. The adoption of this update will not have a material impact 
on the Company’s financial reporting. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for 
Goodwill Impairment. ASU 2017-04 removes Step 2 of the current goodwill impairment test under ASC 350 and replaces it 
with a simplified model. Under the simplified model, a goodwill impairment will be calculated as the difference between the 
carrying amount of a reporting unit and its fair value, but not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The amount of any 
impairment under the simplified model may differ from what would have been recognized under the two-step test. The ASU 
is effective for annual and any interim impairment tests performed for periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early 
adoption  permitted.  The  provisions  of  ASU  2017-04  would  not  have  affected  the  Company’s  last  goodwill  impairment 
assessment, but no assurance can be provided that the simplified testing methodology will not affect the Company’s goodwill 
impairment assessment in the future. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a 
Business. The purpose of the amendment is to clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to 
assist  entities  with  evaluating  whether  transactions  should  be  accounted  for  as  acquisitions  (or  disposals)  of  assets  or 
businesses.  The  amendments  in  ASU  2017-01  are  effective  for  the  Company  beginning  in  the  first  quarter  of  2018.  The 
adoption of this update has not had an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as no asset acquisitions or 
business combinations have occurred since the effective date. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash 
Receipts and Cash Payments. The guidance clarifies the way in which certain cash receipts and cash payments should be 
classified on the statement of cash flows and also how the predominance principle should be applied when cash receipts and 
cash payments have aspects of more than one class of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for the Company beginning in 
the first quarter of 2018. The adoption of this update will not have a material impact on the classification of any cash flows 
within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09,  Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to 
Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The updated guidance changes how companies account for certain aspects of 
share-based  payment  awards  to  employees,  including  the  accounting  for  income  taxes,  forfeitures,  and  statutory  tax 
withholding requirements, as well as the classification of related matters in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 was 
effective  beginning  in  the  first  quarter  of  2017.  The  Company  prospectively  records  a  deferred  tax  benefit  or  expense 
associated with the difference between book and tax for equity-based compensation expense, which is expected to result in 
increased volatility to the Company’s income tax expense. The Company also established an accounting policy election to 
assume zero forfeitures for stock award grants and account for forfeitures when they occur, which prospectively impacts 
stock compensation expense. Other aspects of the adoption of ASU 2016-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to record most of 
their leases on the balance sheet, which will be recognized as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. The Company will be 
required to classify each separate lease component as an operating or finance lease at the lease commencement date. Initial 
measurement  of  the  right-of-use  asset  and  lease  liability  is  the  same  for  operating  and  finance  leases,  however,  expense 
recognition and amortization of the right-of-use asset differs. Operating leases will reflect lease expense on a straight-line 
basis  similar  to  current  operating  leases.  The  straight-line  expense  will  reflect  the  interest  expense  on  the  lease  liability 
(effective interest method) and amortization of the right-of-use asset, which will be presented as a single line item in the 
operating expense section of the income statement. Finance leases will reflect a front-loaded expense pattern similar to the 
pattern for current capital leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for the first quarter of 2019, with early adoption permitted. The 
Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements. 

F-15 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606).  ASU  2014-09 
provides new guidance related to how an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services 
to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods 
or services. The new standard provides a single principles-based, five step model to be applied to all contracts with customers. 
The steps are as follows: (1) identify the contract(s) with the customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, 
(3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (5) 
recognize revenue when each performance obligation is satisfied. The updated guidance also requires additional disclosures 
regarding the nature, timing and any uncertainty regarding potential revenue recognition. The Company adopted ASU 2014-
09 as of January 1, 2018 using the full retrospective method which requires the adjustment of all prior periods presented to 
reflect the impacts of the updated guidance. The adoption results in the deferral of all business installation revenues and 
residential and business commission expenses over a period of time instead of immediate recognition. The adoption of the 
new standard will not have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

3.   NEWWAVE ACQUISITION 

Effective January 18, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire NewWave from funds affiliated with GTCR 
LLC.  NewWave  was  a  cable  operator  providing  data,  video  and  voice  services  to  residential  and  business  customers 
throughout  non-urban  areas  of  Arkansas,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  Missouri  and  Texas.  Cable  One  and 
NewWave shared similar strategies, customer demographics, and products. Accordingly, the acquisition of NewWave offers 
the Company opportunities for revenue growth and adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization 
(“Adjusted EBITDA”) margin expansion as well as the potential to realize cost synergies. The Company paid a purchase 
price of $740.2 million in cash and completed the transaction on May 1, 2017. See Note 8 for details regarding the financing 
of the acquisition. 

The  Company  accounted  for  the  NewWave  acquisition  as  a  business  combination  pursuant  to  ASC  805  –  Business 
Combinations. Accordingly, acquisition costs are not included as components of consideration transferred, and instead are 
accounted for as expenses in the period in which the costs are incurred. During 2017, the Company incurred acquisition-
related  costs  of  $5.9  million,  which  are  included  in  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  within  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income. 

In accordance with ASC 805, the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to assign fair value to the tangible and 
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The adjustments described below were developed 
based on management's assumptions and estimates, including assumptions relating to the consideration paid and the allocation 
to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from NewWave based on preliminary estimates of fair value. The preliminary 
estimates  of  the  fair  values  of  consideration  transferred  and  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  are  based  on  the 
information available as of the acquisition date.  

Subsequent  to  the  initial  estimates  in  the  second  quarter  of  2017,  the  Company  recorded  certain  measurement  period 
adjustments to the fair value of certain acquired assets and assumed liabilities. These adjustments were based on information 
obtained during the measurement period and have been properly reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as 
of December 31, 2017. The Company will continue to obtain information to assist in finalizing the purchase price allocation 
to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which is not expected to differ materially from the amounts below. 

F-16 

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price consideration (in thousands): 

Original  
Estimate 

Measurement  
Period  

Adjustments      

Purchase Price 
Allocation 

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................................   $ 
Accounts receivable ...........................................................................     
Prepaid assets .....................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment ............................................................     
Intangibles ..........................................................................................     
Other assets ........................................................................................     
Total ...................................................................................................     

Liabilities 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ............................................     
Deferred revenue ................................................................................     
Deferred income taxes ........................................................................     
Total ...................................................................................................     

12,220     $ 
15,027       
1,184       
192,234       
476,300       
370       
697,335       

24,542       
14,516       
10,720       
49,778       

Net assets acquired ...........................................................................     
Purchase price consideration ..............................................................     
Goodwill recognized .........................................................................   $ 

647,557       
741,003       
93,446     $ 

Acquired intangible assets consist of the following (dollars in thousands): 

-    $ 
-      
1,102      
-      
-      
814      
1,916      

583      
-      
(4,076)     
(3,493)     

5,409      
(837)     
(6,246)   $ 

12,220   
15,027   
2,286   
192,234   
476,300   
1,184   
699,251   

25,125   
14,516   
6,644   
46,285   

652,966   
740,166   
87,200   

Original 
Estimate 

Measurement 
Period  

Adjustment (1)      Fair Value 

Weighted 
Average 
Useful Life 
(in years) 

Franchise agreements ...........................................   $ 
Customer relationships .........................................   $ 
Trademarks and trade names ................................   $ 
______________ 
(1)  Relates to an assumption change in the original valuation of certain acquired intangible assets based on better information 

320,000    $ 
155,000    $ 
1,300    $ 

315,000    
160,000      
1,300      

Indefinite  
14.0  
2.7  

(5,000 )   $
5,000     $
-     $

regarding customer attrition rates that was determinable at the time of the acquisition.  

The total weighted average amortization period for the acquired intangibles is 13.9 years. 

The acquisition produced $87.2 million of goodwill, increasing the Company’s goodwill balance to $172.1 million. Goodwill 
represents the excess of the purchase price consideration over the fair value of the underlying net assets acquired and largely 
results from expected future synergies from combining operations as well as an assembled workforce, which does not qualify 
for separate recognition. As an indefinite-lived asset, goodwill is not amortized but rather is subject to impairment testing on 
at least an annual basis. Goodwill arising from the NewWave acquisition is deductible for tax purposes. 

The Company recognized revenues of $127.3 million and net income of $7.7 million during 2017 relating to the NewWave 
operations, which included charges for the amortization of acquired intangible assets of $7.9 million. 

F-17 

 
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
 
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following unaudited pro forma combined results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 have 
been prepared as if the acquisition of NewWave had occurred on January 1, 2016 and include adjustments for depreciation 
and amortization expense of $0.6 million and $0.4 million, interest expense from financing of $2.2 million and $6.0 million, 
non-recurring acquisition-related costs of $13.6 million and zero and the related aggregate impact on the income tax provision 
(benefit) of $1.2 million and $7.5 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively (in thousands, except per share data): 

Revenues .........................................................................................................................   $
Net income ......................................................................................................................   $
Net income per common share: 

Basic  ...........................................................................................................................   $
Diluted  ........................................................................................................................   $

(Unaudited) 
Year Ended December 31, 

2017 
1,023,945     $
235,809     $

2016 
1,001,246  
89,121  

41.52     $
41.03     $

15.52  
15.44  

The pro forma combined results of operations is provided for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative 
of or intended to represent the results that would have been achieved had the NewWave acquisition been consummated as of 
January 1, 2016 or the results that may be achieved in the future. 

4.   REVENUES 

The Company’s revenues by product line were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

Residential 

Data .................................................................................................   $
Video ..............................................................................................     
Voice ...............................................................................................     
Business services ................................................................................     
Advertising sales ................................................................................     
Other ...................................................................................................     
Total revenues ....................................................................................   $

414,525    $ 
332,536      
43,733      
131,155      
24,824      
13,256      
960,029    $ 

344,184    $
294,781      
42,949      
100,311      
27,496      
9,904      
819,625    $

294,486   
332,716   
50,148   
88,741   
31,034   
10,141   
807,266   

5.   ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES 

Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Accounts receivable, net ..................................................................................................   $
Other receivables .............................................................................................................     
Total accounts receivable, net .........................................................................................   $

47,404     $
3,737       
51,141     $

29,447  
3,602  
33,049  

The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts were as follows (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of 
Period 

Additions – 
Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses (1)     Deductions     

Balance at 
End of 
Period 

2017 ..............................................................................................   $ 
2016 ..............................................................................................   $ 
2015 ..............................................................................................   $ 
______________ 
(1)  Additions for 2017 include a $1.1 million allowance for doubtful accounts assumed as part of the NewWave acquisition.

(3,554)   $ 
(2,675)   $ 
(3,051)   $ 

4,925    $ 
2,316    $ 
3,294    $ 

505    $ 
864    $ 
621    $ 

1,876  
505  
864  

F-18 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Accounts payable ............................................................................................................   $
Programming costs ..........................................................................................................     
Accrued compensation and related benefits ....................................................................     
Accrued sales and other operating taxes..........................................................................     
Cash overdrafts ................................................................................................................     
Franchise fees ..................................................................................................................     
Subscriber deposits ..........................................................................................................     
Customer refunds ............................................................................................................     
Accrued insurance costs ..................................................................................................     
Other accrued expenses ...................................................................................................     
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities .............................................................   $

21,670     $
19,500       
35,363       
6,113       
8,994       
4,457       
6,540       
3,498       
3,312       
8,516       
117,963     $

17,079  
13,787  
18,084  
4,747  
7,980  
4,196  
5,289  
1,852  
3,561  
6,128  
82,703  

6.  

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Cable distribution systems ...............................................................................................   $
Customer premise equipment ..........................................................................................     
Other equipment and fixtures ..........................................................................................     
Buildings and leasehold improvements ...........................................................................     
Capitalized software ........................................................................................................     
Construction in progress ..................................................................................................     
Land.................................................................................................................................     
Total property, plant and equipment ............................................................................     
Less accumulated depreciation ........................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment, net ..............................................................................   $

As of December 31, 

2017 
1,329,451     $
200,175       
378,968       
95,314       
89,773       
67,564       
11,585       
2,172,830       
(1,340,938 )     
831,892     $

2016 
1,098,976  
181,852  
359,957  
88,592  
83,815  
64,822  
9,612  
1,887,626  
(1,244,711) 
642,915  

The cable industry is capital intensive, and a significant portion of the Company’s resources are spent on capital activities 
associated with extending, rebuilding, and upgrading the Company’s cable network. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 
2016  and  2015,  cash  paid  for  property,  plant  and  equipment  was  $175.2  million,  $147.0  million  and  $161.8  million, 
respectively. 

Depreciation expense was $173.6 million, $147.7 million and $144.4 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

The Company's previous headquarters building and adjoining property were held for sale at December 31, 2016. In January 
2017, the Company sold a portion of this property for $10.1 million in gross proceeds and recognized a related gain of $6.6 
million. The remaining property’s carrying value of $4.6 million is included in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheet as assets held for sale at December 31, 2017. 

The prior year amounts above have been revised from previously reported amounts. The 2016 balance for cable distribution 
systems increased by $50.2 million and accumulated depreciation increased by $26.9 million. Refer to Note 2 for further 
discussion. 

7.   GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The carrying amount of goodwill at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $172.1 million and $84.9 million, respectively. During 
2017, we recognized goodwill of $87.2 million related to the NewWave acquisition. During 2016, we sold the assets of a 
cable system, which resulted in disposed goodwill of $0.6 million. The Company has not historically recorded any impairment 
of goodwill. 

F-19 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Intangible assets (excluding goodwill) consisted of the following (dollars in thousands): 

December 31, 2017 

Useful Life 
Range 

(in years)      

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount      

Accumulated  
Amortization     

Net  
Carrying 
Amount    

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets 

Cable franchise renewals and access rights .....................................   
Customer relationships ....................................................................   
Trademarks and trade names ...........................................................   
Total Finite-Lived Intangible Assets ...................................................    

1 – 25 
14 
2.7 

    $ 
4,138    $ 
       160,000      
1,300      
    $  165,438    $ 

3,886    $ 
252  
7,619       152,381  
975  
11,830    $  153,608  

325      

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

Franchise agreements .......................................................................    

    $  812,137      

December 31, 2016 

Useful Life 
Range 

(in years)      

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount      

Accumulated  
Amortization     

Net  
Carrying 
Amount    

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets 

Cable franchise renewals and access rights .....................................   

1 – 25 

    $ 

4,138    $ 

3,794    $ 

344   

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

Franchise agreements .......................................................................    

    $  497,136      

Amortization of intangible assets was $8.0 million in 2017 and less than $0.1 million in both 2016 and 2015.  

As of December 31, 2017, the future amortization of intangible assets is as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2018 ................................................................................................................................................................. $
2019 .................................................................................................................................................................   
2020 .................................................................................................................................................................   
2021 .................................................................................................................................................................   
2022 .................................................................................................................................................................   
Thereafter ........................................................................................................................................................   
Total ......................................................................................................................................................... $

Amount 

11,999   
11,994   
11,477   
11,448   
11,437   
95,253   
153,608   

8.  

LONG-TERM DEBT 

Senior Unsecured Notes. On June 17, 2015, the Company issued $450 million aggregate principal amount of 5.75% senior 
unsecured  notes  due  2022  (the  “Notes”).  The  Notes  mature  on  June  15,  2022  and  interest  is  payable  on  June  15th  and 
December 15th of each year. 

The Notes have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or 
the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or 
an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws. 
The Notes were offered in the United States only to persons reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers in reliance 
on the exemption from registration set forth in Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the United States to non-U.S. 
persons in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

The Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of June 17, 2015. The Indenture provides for early 
redemption of the Notes, at the option of the Company, at the prices and subject to the terms specified in the Indenture. The 
Indenture includes certain covenants relating to debt incurrence, liens, restricted payments, asset sales and transactions with 
affiliates,  changes  in  control and  mergers or  sales of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  assets. The Indenture also 
provides for customary events of default (subject, in certain cases, to customary grace periods). 

The Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis (the “Guarantees”) by each of the Company’s 
subsidiaries that guaranteed the Senior Credit Facilities (as defined below) (the “Guarantors”). In addition, if a subsidiary of 
the Company becomes a guarantor in respect of the Senior Credit Facilities or certain other indebtedness, it is required to 

F-20 

 
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
   
        
         
        
  
      
  
   
        
         
        
  
   
        
         
        
  
       
   
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
   
        
         
        
  
   
        
         
        
  
       
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
provide (subject to customary exceptions) a Guarantee in respect of the Notes. The Notes are unsecured and senior obligations 
of the Company. The Guarantees are unsecured and senior obligations of the Guarantors. 

At the option of the Company, the Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2018 at a price 
equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the 
redemption date plus a “make-whole” premium. The Company may also redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time 
on or after June 15, 2018 at the redemption prices specified in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but 
excluding) the redemption date. 

Additionally, at any time prior to June 15, 2018, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of 
the Notes with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at a price equal to 105.75% of the principal amount of the 
Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the redemption date. 

The Indenture includes certain covenants relating to debt incurrence, liens, restricted payments, assets sales and transactions 
with affiliates, changes in control and mergers or sales of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The Indenture also 
provides for customary events of default (subject, in certain cases, to customary grace periods), which include nonpayment 
on the Notes, breach of covenants in the Indenture, payment defaults or acceleration of other indebtedness over a specified 
threshold,  failure  to  pay  certain  judgments  over  a  specified  threshold  and  certain  events  of  bankruptcy  and  insolvency. 
Generally, if an event of default occurs, the Trustee under the Indenture or holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal 
amount  of  the  then  outstanding  Notes  may  declare  the  principal  of,  and  accrued  but  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  on  the  then 
outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. 

Senior Credit Facilities. On June 30, 2015, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among 
the Company, as borrower, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”), as administrative agent, 
and the other agents party thereto. The Credit Agreement provided for a five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate 
principal amount of $200 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and a five-year term loan facility in an aggregate principal 
amount of $100 million (the “Term Loan Facility” and, together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Original Credit 
Facilities”). Concurrently with its entry into the Credit Agreement, the Company borrowed the full amount of the Term Loan 
Facility (the “Term Loan”). 

Borrowings under the Original Credit Facilities bore interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate per annum determined by 
reference to either the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or an adjusted base rate, in each case plus an applicable 
interest rate margin. The applicable interest rate margin with respect to LIBOR borrowings was a rate per annum between 
1.50% and 2.25% and the applicable interest rate margin with respect to adjusted base rate borrowings was a rate per annum 
between  0.50%  and  1.25%,  in  each  case  determined  on  a  quarterly  basis  by  reference  to  a  pricing  grid  based  upon  the 
Company’s total net leverage ratio. In addition, the Company is required to pay commitment fees on any unused portion of 
the  Revolving Credit  Facility  at  a rate between  0.25% per  annum  and 0.40% per  annum,  determined  by reference  to  the 
pricing grid. 

The Revolving Credit Facility also gives the Company the ability to issue letters of credit, which reduce the amount available 
for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. Letter of credit issuances under the Revolving Credit Facility of $3.1 
million at December 31, 2017 were held for the benefit of certain general and liability insurance matters and bore interest at 
a  rate  of  1.88%  per  annum  at  December  31,  2017.  The  Company  had  $196.9  million  available  for  borrowing  under  the 
Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2017. 

On May 1, 2017, the Company entered into a Restatement Agreement (the “Restatement Agreement”) with JPMorgan, as 
administrative  agent,  and  the  lenders  party  thereto,  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  amended  and  restated  the  Credit 
Agreement (as so amended and restated, the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) and incurred $750 million of senior 
secured loans (the “New Loans”) which were used, together with cash on hand, to (i) finance the transactions contemplated 
by the Agreement and Plan of Merger relating to the NewWave acquisition, (ii) repay in full the Term Loan and (iii) pay 
related fees and expenses. 

The New Loans consist of (a) a five-year incremental term “A” loan in an aggregate principal amount of $250 million (the 
“Term Loan A”) and (b) a seven-year incremental term “B” loan in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million (the “Term 
Loan  B”  and,  together  with  the  Term  Loan  A  and  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  the  “Senior  Credit  Facilities”).  The 
obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries 
and are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all assets of the Company and the Guarantors. 

F-21 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The interest margins applicable to the New Loans under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are, at the Company’s 
option, equal to either LIBOR or a base rate, plus an applicable margin equal to, (x) with respect to the Term Loan A, 1.50% 
to 2.25% for LIBOR loans and 0.50% to 1.25% for base rate loans, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing 
grid based on the Company’s total net leverage ratio and (y) with respect to the Term Loan B, 2.25% for LIBOR loans and 
1.25% for base rate loans. The Term Loan A may be prepaid at any time without premium and amortizes quarterly at a rate 
(expressed as a percentage of the original principal amount) of 2.5% per annum for the first year after funding, 5.0% per 
annum for the second year after funding, 7.5% per annum for the third year after funding and 10.0% per annum for the fourth 
and fifth years after funding, with the outstanding balance due upon maturity. The Term Loan B amortizes quarterly at a rate 
(expressed as a percentage of the original principal amount) of 1.0% per annum, with the balance due upon maturity. The 
Term Loan B is subject to a 1.0% prepayment penalty if prepaid within six months of funding, benefits from certain “most 
favored nation” pricing protections and is not subject to the financial maintenance covenants under the Amended and Restated 
Credit Agreement. Other than as set forth above, the New Loans are subject to terms substantially similar to those under the 
Credit Agreement. 

The Company may, subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, obtain additional 
credit facilities of up to $425 million under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement plus an unlimited amount so long 
as, on a pro forma basis, the Company’s First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement) is no greater than 1.80 to 1.00. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains customary representations, 
warranties  and  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including  limitations  on  indebtedness,  liens,  restricted  payments, 
prepayments of certain indebtedness, investments, dispositions of assets, restrictions on subsidiary distributions and negative 
pledge  clauses,  fundamental  changes,  transactions  with  affiliates  and  amendments  to  organizational  documents. The 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also requires the Company to maintain specified ratios of total net leverage and 
first  lien  net  leverage  to  consolidated  operating  cash  flow.  The  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  also  contains 
customary events of default, including non-payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts, material inaccuracy of any 
representation  or  warranty,  failure  to  observe  or  perform  any  covenant,  default  in  respect  of  other  material  debt  of  the 
Company and of its restricted subsidiaries, bankruptcy or insolvency, the entry against the Company or any of its restricted 
subsidiaries of a material judgment, the occurrence of certain ERISA events, impairment of the loan documentation and the 
occurrence of a change of control. 

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2017. 

As of December 31, 2017, outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan A and Term Loan B were $246.9 million and $497.5 
million, and bore interest at a rate of 3.45% per annum and 3.95% per annum, respectively. 

In connection with the New Loans, the Company incurred $15.2 million of debt issuance costs and wrote off $0.6 million of 
existing unamortized debt issuance costs during 2017. The Company recorded $3.2 million, $1.6 million and $0.9 million of 
debt issuance cost amortization for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These amounts are 
reflected in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. Unamortized debt 
issuance costs totaled $19.6 million and $8.1 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

The carrying amount of long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Notes ...............................................................................................................................   $
Senior Credit Facilities ....................................................................................................     
Capital lease obligation ...................................................................................................     
Total debt .....................................................................................................................     
Less unamortized debt issuance costs .............................................................................     
Less current portion long-term debt ................................................................................     
Total long-term debt ....................................................................................................   $

450,000     $
744,375       
267       
1,194,642       
(19,585 )     
(14,375 )     
1,160,682     $

450,000  
95,000  
284  
545,284  
(8,148) 
(6,250) 
530,886  

As of December 31, 

2017 

2016 

F-22 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2017, the future maturities of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2018 ................................................................................................................................................................. $
2019 .................................................................................................................................................................   
2020 .................................................................................................................................................................   
2021 .................................................................................................................................................................   
2022 .................................................................................................................................................................   
Thereafter ........................................................................................................................................................   
Total ......................................................................................................................................................... $

Amount 

14,375   
20,642   
26,892   
30,017   
180,017   
922,699   
1,194,642   

9.  

INCOME TAXES 

In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”) was enacted. The 2017 Tax Act includes a number of 
changes to existing U.S. tax laws that impact the Company, most notably a reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate 
from 35% to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. The 2017 Tax Act also provides the acceleration of 
depreciation for certain assets placed into service after September 27, 2017.  

The 2017 Tax Act provides for an immediate deduction of 100% of the costs incurred to acquire qualified property placed in 
service during the period from September 27, 2017 to December 31, 2022. The amount of accelerated depreciation will begin 
to phase down by 20% per year beginning January 1, 2023 and will be completely phased out as of January 1, 2027. 

The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will apply in the years in which the 
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or paid. The tax rate change, along with changes in tax basis resulting 
from the 2017 Tax Act, resulted in a $113.0 million decrease in income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 
and a corresponding $113.0 million decrease in net deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2017. 

The Company recognized the income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act in its 2017 financial statements in accordance with Staff 
Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which provides SEC staff guidance for the application of ASC 740 – Income Taxes, in the 
reporting period in which the 2017 Tax Act was signed into law. As such, the Company’s financial results reflect the income 
tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete as well as provisional amounts for those 
specific income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 is incomplete but a reasonable 
estimate could be determined. The Company has recognized the provisional tax impacts related to acceleration of depreciation 
and the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities and included these amounts in its consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2017. The ultimate impact may differ from these provisional amounts, possibly materially, 
due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Company has made, additional 
regulatory guidance that may be issued and actions the Company may take as a result of the 2017 Tax Act. The accounting 
is expected to be complete when the Company’s 2017 U.S. corporate income tax return is filed in 2018. 

The income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 
U.S. Federal ........................................................................................   $ 
State and local ....................................................................................     
Total ................................................................................................   $ 

37,975    $ 
4,156      
42,131    $ 

(90,396)   $
4,038      
(86,358)   $

(52,421 ) 
8,194   
(44,227 ) 

Current  

     Deferred  

Total  

Year Ended December 31, 2016 
U.S. Federal ........................................................................................   $ 
State and local ....................................................................................     
Total ................................................................................................   $ 

56,564    $ 
6,688      
63,252    $ 

(1,750)   $
660      
(1,090)   $

Year Ended December 31, 2015 
U.S. Federal ........................................................................................   $ 
State and local ....................................................................................     
Total ................................................................................................   $ 

60,201    $ 
7,310      
67,511    $ 

(11,552)   $
(526)     
(12,078)   $

54,814   
7,348   
62,162   

48,649   
6,784   
55,433   

F-23 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
The  income  tax  provision  (benefit)  is  different  than  the  amount  of  income  tax  determined  by  applying  the  U.S.  Federal 
statutory rate of 35% to income before income taxes as a result of the following (in thousands): 

U.S. Federal taxes at statutory rate .....................................................   $
State and local taxes, net of U.S. Federal tax .....................................     
Benefit from remeasurement of deferred taxes due to 2017 Tax Act .     
Other, net ............................................................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit) ...........................................................   $

66,430    $ 
5,477      
(113,045)     
(3,089)     
(44,227)   $ 

57,142    $
4,052      
-      
968      
62,162    $

51,539   
3,861   
-   
33   
55,433   

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

The net deferred income tax liability consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Other benefit obligations .................................................................................................   $
Equity-based compensation .............................................................................................     
Accounts receivable ........................................................................................................     
Net operating losses ........................................................................................................     
Other ................................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets .......................................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment .........................................................................................     
Goodwill and other intangible assets ...............................................................................     
Accrued bonus .................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax liabilities .................................................................................................     
Net deferred income tax liability ..............................................................................   $

5,779     $
4,711       
262       
2,992       
765       
14,509       
95,345       
123,745       
1,055       
220,145       
205,636     $

9,118  
5,041  
192  
-  
555  
14,906  
133,987  
166,268  
-  
300,255  
285,349  

The Company has not established valuation allowances against any U.S. Federal or state deferred tax assets. 

There were $2.7 million of tax-effected U.S. Federal tax net operating losses available for carryforward at December 31, 
2017, which were generated by NewWave prior to the acquisition and have expiration dates through 2036. The use of pre-
acquisition  operating  losses  is  subject  to  limitations  imposed  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended.  The 
Company does not anticipate that these limitations will affect utilization of the carryforwards prior to their expiration. The 
Company  had $0.3  million  of  tax-effected state  tax net  operating  loss  carryforwards  at  December 31,  2017 with varying 
expiration dates through 2036. 

Before the spin-off, the Company was included in consolidated U.S. Federal and Arizona corporate income tax returns filed 
by  GHC,  and  also  filed  in  various  other  state  and  local  governmental  jurisdictions.  The  U.S.  Federal  tax  return  filing  is 
considered  the  only  major  tax  jurisdiction. The  statute  of  limitations  has  expired  on  all  GHC  consolidated  U.S.  Federal 
corporate income tax  returns filed through 2013, with the exception of an issue that does not involve the Company. The 
Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its examination of tax year 2013 and GHC received a refund check; however, 
the statute of limitations for tax year 2013 was extended through July 31, 2018. 

The  Company  endeavors  to  comply  with  tax  laws  and  regulations  where  it  does  business,  but  cannot  guarantee  that,  if 
challenged, the Company’s interpretation of all relevant tax laws and regulations will prevail and that all tax benefits recorded 
in the consolidated financial statements will ultimately be recognized in full. The Company has taken reasonable efforts to 
address uncertain tax positions and has determined that there are no material transactions and no material tax positions taken 
by the Company that would fail to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold for recognizing transactions or tax positions in 
the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded a reserve for uncertain tax positions in the 
consolidated financial statements, and the Company does not expect any significant tax increase or decrease to occur within 
the  next  12  months  with  respect  to  any  transactions  or  tax  positions  taken  and  reflected  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.  In  making  these  determinations,  the  Company  presumes  that  taxing  authorities  pursuing  examinations  of  the 
Company’s  compliance  with  tax  law  filing  requirements  will  have  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information,  and,  if 
necessary, the Company will pursue resolution of disputed tax positions by appeals or litigation. The Company classifies 
interest and penalties, if applicable, associated with any uncertain tax positions as a component of Interest expense in its 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. 

The prior year amounts above have been revised from previously reported amounts. Refer to Note 2 for further discussion. 

F-24 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

The Company’s deferred compensation liabilities were $20.2 million and $18.2 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively. These liabilities are included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (for the current portion) and Accrued 
compensation and other liabilities (for the noncurrent portion) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These liabilities represent 
the market value of participants’ balances in a notional investment account that is comprised primarily of mutual funds, which 
is based on observable market prices. However, since the deferred compensation obligations are not exchanged in an active 
market,  they  are  classified  as  Level  2  in  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  Realized  and  unrealized  gains  (losses)  on  deferred 
compensation are included in income from operations. 

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s money market and commercial paper investments and long-term debt 
(including the current portion) as of December 31, 2017 were as follows (in thousands): 

December 31, 2017 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

Assets: 

Money market investments ..........................................................................................   $ 
Commercial paper ........................................................................................................   $ 

32,246     $
114,830     $

Long-term debt, including current portion: 

Notes ............................................................................................................................   $ 
Senior Credit Facilities ................................................................................................   $ 

450,000     $
744,375     $

32,246  
114,767  

464,625  
744,375  

Money market investments are included in Cash and cash equivalents in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Commercial paper 
investments with original maturities of 90 days or less are also included in Cash and cash equivalents. These investments are 
primarily held in U.S. Treasury securities and registered money market funds. These investments were valued using a market 
approach based on the quoted market prices of the money market investments (Level 1) or inputs that include quoted market 
prices for investments similar to the commercial paper (Level 2). The fair value of the Notes was estimated based on market 
prices in active markets (Level 2). The fair value of the Senior Credit Facilities is equal to the carrying value. 

11.   TREASURY STOCK 

Share Repurchase Program. On July 1, 2015, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) authorized up to $250 million 
of  share  repurchases  (subject  to  a  total  cap  of  600,000  shares  of  Company  common  stock).  Purchases  under  the  share 
repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size 
and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including share price and business and market conditions. 
Since the inception of the share repurchase program through December 31, 2017, the Company had repurchased 165,833 
shares  at  an  aggregate  cost of  $73.3  million. In  2017,  the  Company  repurchased 900  shares  at  an aggregate  cost  of $0.5 
million. 

Tax Withholding for Equity Awards. Treasury stock is recorded at cost and is presented as a reduction of stockholders’ 
equity in the consolidated financial statements. Shares of common stock with a fair market value equal to the applicable 
statutory minimum amount of the employee withholding taxes due are withheld by the Company upon vesting of restricted 
stock  and  exercises  of  stock  appreciation  rights  (“SARs”)  to  pay  the  applicable  statutory  minimum  amount  of  employee 
withholding taxes and are considered common stock repurchases. The Company then pays the applicable statutory minimum 
amount of withholding taxes in cash. The amount remitted during 2017 was $5.0 million for which the Company withheld 
7,010  shares  of  common  stock.  Treasury  shares of  156,457 held  at  December  31,  2017  include such  shares  withheld  for 
withholding tax. 

12.   EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION 

Prior  to  the  spin-off,  certain  of  the  Company’s  employees  participated  in  an  equity-based  incentive  compensation  plan 
maintained by GHC for the benefit of certain officers, directors and employees. Equity-based awards issued to employees 
included non-qualified stock options and restricted stock awards. 

On June 5, 2015, the Board adopted the Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Original 2015 
Plan”),  which became  effective  July  1, 2015. On  May  2, 2017,  the  Company’s  stockholders  approved  the  Amended  and 
Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2015 Plan”), which automatically terminated, 
replaced and superseded the Original 2015 Plan, except that any outstanding awards granted under the Original 2015 Plan 

F-25 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
will remain in effect pursuant to their terms. The 2015 Plan  is designed to promote the interests of the Company and its 
stockholders by providing the employees and directors of the Company with incentives and rewards to encourage them to 
continue in the service of the Company and with a proprietary interest in pursuing the long-term growth, profitability and 
financial success of the Company. Any of the directors, officers and employees of the Company and its affiliates are eligible 
to be granted one or more of the following types of awards under the 2015 Plan: (1) incentive stock options, (2) non-qualified 
stock  options,  (3)  restricted  stock  awards,  (4)  SARs,  (5)  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  (6)  cash-based  awards,  (7) 
performance-based awards, (8) dividend equivalent rights and (9) other stock-based awards, including, without limitation, 
performance stock units and deferred stock units. Unless the 2015 Plan is sooner terminated by the Board, no awards may be 
granted under the 2015 Plan after May 2, 2027. 

The 2015 Plan provides that, subject to certain adjustments for specified corporate events, the maximum number of shares of 
Company common stock that may be issued under the 2015 Plan is 334,870, which is equal to the number of remaining shares 
of  Company  common  stock  available  for  future  issuance  under  the  Original  2015  Plan  as  of  May  2,  2017,  regardless  of 
whether such shares were subject to outstanding awards as of such date, and no more than 329,962 shares may be issued 
pursuant to incentive stock options. At December 31, 2017, 302,827 shares were available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. 

Total equity-based compensation expense recognized was $10.7 million, $12.3 million and $9.2 million for 2017, 2016 and 
2015, respectively, and was included in Selling, general and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of 
Operations and Comprehensive Income. The Company recognized an income tax benefit of $3.4 million related to equity-
based  awards  during  2017.  The  deferred  tax  asset  related  to  all  outstanding  equity-based  awards  was  $4.7  million  as  of 
December 31, 2017.  

Restricted Stock Awards. The Company has granted restricted shares of Company common stock subject to service-based 
and performance-based vesting conditions to employees of the Company. Restricted share awards generally cliff-vest on the 
three-year anniversary of the grant date or in four equal ratable installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant 
date (generally subject to the holder’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date), except 
in the case of awards made to individuals (i) whose equity awards issued by GHC were forfeited in connection with the 
Company’s spin-off from GHC (the “Replacement Shares”), which Replacement Shares vested on December 12, 2016 (with 
certain exceptions as provided in the applicable award agreement), or (ii) who did not receive an equity award from GHC in 
2015  in  anticipation  of  the  spin-off  (the  “Staking  Shares”),  which Staking  Shares  cliff-vested  on  January  2, 
2018. Performance-based restricted shares are or were subject to performance metrics related primarily to year-over-year or 
three-year cumulative growth in Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures or year-over-year growth in Adjusted EBITDA 
and capital expenditures as a percentage of total revenues. Restricted shares are subject to the terms and conditions of the 
Original 2015 Plan or the 2015 Plan (in the case of awards made on or following May 2, 2017) and are otherwise subject to 
the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. 

The  current  compensation  arrangements  for  the  Company’s  non-employee  directors  provided  that  each  non-employee 
director is entitled to an annual retainer of $75,000 in cash, plus an additional annual cash retainer for each non-employee 
director who serves as a committee chair or as lead independent director and approximately $125,000 in RSUs. Such RSUs 
will generally be granted on the date of the Company’s annual stockholders’ meeting and will vest on the earlier of the first 
anniversary of the grant date or the annual stockholders’ meeting date immediately following the grant date, subject to the 
director’s  continued  service  through  such  vesting  date. Settlement  of  such  RSUs  will  be  in  the  form  of  one  share  of  the 
Company’s common stock and will follow vesting, unless the director has previously elected to defer such settlement until 
his or her separation from service from the Board. Non-employee directors may elect to defer their annual retainer and receive 
RSUs in lieu of annual cash fees. Such RSU awards granted on January 3, 2018 will vest in full on the date immediately 
preceding  the  date  of  the  2018  annual  stockholders’  meeting  date  and  future  awards  will  vest  on  the  date  immediately 
preceding  the  date  of  the  annual  stockholders’  meeting  immediately  following  the  grant  date,  subject  to  the  director’s 
continued service through such vesting date. Any dividends associated with RSUs granted prior to the 2017 annual grant of 
RSUs will be converted into Dividend Equivalent Units (“DEUs”), which will be delivered at the time of settlement of the 
associated RSUs. Commencing with the 2017 annual grant of RSUs, dividends associated with RSUs will be paid out in cash 
at the time of settlement. As of December 31, 2017, 3,182 RSUs, including DEUs, were vested and deferred. 

F-26 

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Restricted shares, RSUs and DEUs are collectively referred to as “restricted stock.” A summary of restricted stock activities 
is as follows: 

Weighted 
Average 

     Grant Date 
Fair Value 
Per Share 

Restricted 
Stock 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2014 ...........................................................................................     
Granted ...........................................................................................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2015 ...........................................................................................     
Granted ...........................................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .........................................................................................................................................     
Vested ............................................................................................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2016 ...........................................................................................     
Granted ...........................................................................................................................................     
Granted due to performance achievement ......................................................................................     
Forfeited .........................................................................................................................................     
Vested ............................................................................................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 ...........................................................................................     

-    $ 
39,744    $ 
39,744    $ 
10,369    $ 
(1,343)   $ 
(10,345)   $ 
38,425    $ 
17,245    $ 
5,006    $ 
(6,223)   $ 
(3,163)   $ 
51,290    $ 

-  
383.18  
383.18  
454.75  
389.33  
383.61  
402.13  
633.34  
433.66  
469.23  
415.39  
472.89  

Vested and unissued as of December 31, 2017 ..............................................................................     

5,368    $ 

418.55  

Compensation expense associated with restricted stock is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with 
forfeitures recognized as incurred. Equity-based compensation expense for restricted stock was $7.5 million, $9.4 million 
and  $3.9  million  for  2017,  2016  and  2015,  respectively. At  December  31,  2017,  there  was  $6.6  million  of  unrecognized 
compensation expense related to restricted stock, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.8 
years. 

In connection with the spin-off, GHC modified the terms of 10,830 restricted stock awards in the second quarter of 2015 
affecting certain Cable One employees. The modification resulted in the acceleration of the vesting period of 6,324 restricted 
stock awards and the forfeiture of 4,506 restricted stock awards. The Company recorded $3.7 million of incremental stock 
compensation expense, net of forfeitures, related to such awards during the second quarter of 2015. 

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Company has granted SARs to certain executives and other employees of the Company. 
The  SARs  are  scheduled  to  vest  in  four  equal  ratable  installments  beginning  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  grant  date 
(generally subject to the holder’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date). The SARs 
are subject to the terms and conditions of the Original 2015 Plan or the 2015 Plan (in the case of awards made on or following 
May 2, 2017) and will otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. 

A summary of SAR activity is as follows: 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2014 .............     
Granted .............................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2015 .............     
Granted .............................................................     
Forfeited ...........................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2016 .............     
Granted .............................................................     
Exercised ..........................................................     
Forfeited ...........................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 .............     

Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 
2017 ...............................................................     

Stock  
Appreciation 
Rights 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Fair 
Value 

-    $ 
135,600    $ 
135,600    $ 
6,100    $ 
(5,700)   $ 
136,000    $ 
24,432    $ 
(41,603)   $ 
(16,371)   $ 
102,458    $ 

-    $ 
422.31    $ 
422.31    $ 
522.50    $ 
422.31    $ 
426.80    $ 
632.15    $ 
424.02    $ 
422.31    $ 
477.62    $ 

-    $ 
87.22    $ 
87.22    $ 
106.15    $ 
87.22      
88.07    $ 
140.44    $ 
87.54      
87.22      
100.91    $ 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 
(in years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value  
(in thousands)     
-      
-      
1,539      
-      

26,510      
-      

23,173      

8.7  
9.1  

8.1  

21,351    $ 

426.13    $ 

87.95    $ 

5,919      

7.7  

F-27 

 
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
 
The fair value of the SARs was measured based on the Black-Scholes model. The weighted average inputs used in the model 
for grants awarded during 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows: 

Expected volatility .............................................................................     
Risk-free interest rate ........................................................................     
Expected term (in years) ....................................................................     
Expected dividend yield ....................................................................     

20.83%    
2.13%    
6.25       
0.95%    

21.63 %    
1.39 %    
6.25        
1.16 %    

24.00 %
1.75 %
6.25   
1.45 %

2017 

2016 

2015 

Compensation expense associated with SARs is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with forfeitures 
recognized as incurred. Equity-based compensation expense for SARs was $3.3 million, $2.9 million and $1.0 million for 
2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2017, there was $6.9 million of unrecognized compensation expense 
related to SARs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years. 

The  Black-Scholes  model used  to  estimate  the fair  value of  the  Company’s  SARs requires  the  input  of  highly  subjective 
assumptions,  including  the  expected  volatility  of  the  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  risk-free  interest  rates,  the 
expected  term  of  the  SARs  and  the  expected  dividend  yield  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  These  estimates  involve 
inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, 
the  Company’s  equity-based  compensation  expense  could  be  materially  different  in  the  future.  These  assumptions  are 
determined as follows: 

(cid:2)  Fair Value of Common Stock — Valued by reference to the closing price of the Company’s publicly traded common

stock on the date of grant. 

(cid:2)  Expected Volatility — Prior to the spin-off the Company did not have a history of market prices for its common
stock, and since the spin-off it does not have what the Company considers a sufficient trading history for its common
stock to use historical market prices for its common stock to estimate volatility. Accordingly, the Company estimates
the expected stock price volatility for its common stock by using leverage-adjusted average volatilities of industry
peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the SAR grants. Industry
peers consist of public companies in the cable, satellite, and integrated telecommunication services industry similar
in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. The Company intends to continue to consistently apply this process
using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility
of its own common stock share price becomes available. 

(cid:2)  Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities

with maturities similar to the expected term of the SARs. 

(cid:2)  Expected Term — The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to 
be  outstanding.  Prior  to  the  spin-off,  the  Company  did  not  have  stock-based  awards  specific  to  Cable  One  and
therefore did not have a history of the period that its stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Accordingly,
the expected terms of the awards are based on the simplified method which defines the term as the average of the
contractual term of the SARs and the weighted-average vesting period for all tranches. 

(cid:2)  Expected Dividend Yield — The Company expects to continue to pay quarterly dividends in the future and, as such,
the expected dividend yield is calculated as the expected future annual dividend divided by the Company’s closing 
stock price on the grant date. 

13.   POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS 

Pension Plans. Prior to the spin-off, certain of the Company’s employees participated in the retirement plan for Graham 
Holdings Company (the “GHC Retirement Plan”) and GHC’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (collectively with the 
GHC Retirement Plan, the “GHC Plans”). The total cost of the GHC Plans was actuarially determined and the Company 
received an allocation of the service cost associated with the GHC Plans based upon actual benefits earned by the Company’s 
employees. Also, prior to the spin-off, the Company’s employees participated in defined contribution plans sponsored by 
GHC  that  allowed  eligible  employees  to  contribute  a  portion  of  their  salary  to  the  plans,  and  in  some  cases,  a  matching 
contribution  to  the  funds  was  provided.  The  amounts  of  expense  allocated  to  the  Company  in  2015  related  to  these 
multiemployer plans was $2.1 million for the GHC Plans and $0.3 million for the GHC-sponsored defined contribution plans, 
and  are  reflected  within  Operating  and  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of 
Operations and Comprehensive Income. 

F-28 

 
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Company assumed full financial and reporting responsibility for the postemployment benefit plans offered to eligible 
employees, other than the GHC Retirement Plan. The accumulated benefits of Company employees participating in GHC 
sponsored plans other than the GHC Retirement Plan were transferred into corresponding Cable One sponsored plans. After 
the spin-off, GHC continues to administer the GHC Retirement Plan, including making payments under the plan, with respect 
to current and former Company employees with vested rights thereunder. 

On  June  5,  2015,  the  Board  adopted  the  Cable  One,  Inc.  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (the  “SERP”),  which 
became effective as of July 1, 2015. The SERP includes a defined benefit portion (the “DB SERP”) and a defined contribution 
portion (the “DC SERP”). Upon the spin-off, a $5.4 million long-term liability was transferred from GHC to the Company 
representing the accumulated DB SERP and DC SERP liabilities of $4.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively. As the DB 
SERP  is  unfunded,  the  Company  makes  contributions  to  the  DB  SERP  based  on  actual  benefit  payments.  Participant 
contributions to the DC SERP continued through December 31, 2015; however, no Company contributions were earned by 
DC SERP participants on or after July 1, 2015. 

The following table sets forth obligation information for the DB SERP (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Benefit obligation at beginning of period ........................................................................   $
Interest cost .....................................................................................................................     
Actuarial (gain) loss ........................................................................................................     
Benefits paid ....................................................................................................................     
Benefit obligation at end of period ..................................................................................   $

5,125     $
196       
(123 )     
(11 )     
5,187     $

5,124  
209  
(197) 
(11) 
5,125  

The accumulated benefit obligation for the DB SERP at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $5.2 million and $5.1 million, 
respectively. The amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the DB SERP were as follows (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2017 

2016 

Current asset (liability) ....................................................................................................   $
Noncurrent asset (liability) ..............................................................................................     
Recognized asset (liability) .............................................................................................   $

(323 )   $
(4,864 )     
(5,187 )   $

(336) 
(4,789) 
(5,125) 

Key assumptions utilized for determining the benefit obligation included the use of a discount rate of 3.56% and 3.95% for 
2017 and 2016, respectively. 

The  Company  recognized  $0.2  million,  $0.2  million  and  $0.1  million  in  DB  SERP  expense  for  2017,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively. Company contributions to the DB SERP were not material for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 
2015. 

At December 31, 2017, future estimated benefit payments were as follows (in thousands): 

2018 .............................................................................................................................................................     $
2019 .............................................................................................................................................................       
2020 .............................................................................................................................................................       
2021 .............................................................................................................................................................       
2022 .............................................................................................................................................................       
2023 – 2027 .................................................................................................................................................       
Total .....................................................................................................................................................     $

329   
327   
324   
322   
320   
1,555   
3,177   

     DB SERP 

The actuarial loss expected to be recognized during 2018 as a component of net periodic cost for the DB SERP is immaterial. 

401(k) Plans. Prior to the spin-off, the Company’s employees participated in defined contribution plans (primarily 401(k) 
plans) sponsored by GHC. On June 5, 2015, the Board also adopted the Cable One 401(k) Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), 
which allows for eligible employees to contribute a portion of their salary to the 401(k) Plan, and in some cases, a matching 
contribution to the 401(k) Plan is made by the Company. The Company recorded matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan 
of $3.1 million, $2.8 million and $1.2 million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

F-29 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Deferred Compensation. The Company has and may continue to enter into arrangements with certain current and former 
executives and officers of the Company who desire to defer all or a portion of their annual cash-based incentives under the 
Cable  One,  Inc.  Deferred  Compensation  Plan.  Upon  execution  of  the  agreements,  the  Company  transfers  the  deferred 
incentive to a long-term liability. Market-based gains and losses are applied to the respective outstanding balances at each 
reporting period such that market-based period gains represent additional compensation expense to the Company and market-
based losses represent a reduction of compensation expense.  

In  addition,  prior  to  the  spin-off,  the  Company’s  former  CEO  was  granted  a  special  deferred  compensation  award  in 
recognition of his efforts in growing the Company. Annual payouts under this arrangement will commence when he separates 
service with the Company, which occurred on December 31, 2017. The base amounts began accruing interest on May 1, 2016 
at an annual rate corresponding to the applicable rate for 12-month U.S. treasury bills (set at each anniversary and carried 
forward), credited and compounded on an annual basis. The award may be payable in installments upon mutual agreement 
of the Company and the former CEO, not to extend beyond a ten-year period, however, in the event of his death, all amounts 
due will be payable in a lump sum within 60 days.  

The Company recorded compensation expense of $2.8 million and $0.3 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively, and income 
of $1.1 million for 2015. The total deferred compensation balance as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $20.2 million and 
$18.2 million, respectively, and included $2.0 million of the special deferred compensation discussed above. The deferred 
compensation  liability  is  included  within  Accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  (for  the  current  portion)  and  Accrued 
compensation and other liabilities (for the noncurrent portion) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company expects to 
distribute $17.1 million of deferred compensation payments in 2018. 

14.      NET INCOME PER SHARE 

Basic  net  income  per  common  share  is  computed  by  dividing  the  net  income  allocable  to  common  stockholders  by  the 
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per share further includes any 
common  shares  available  to  be  issued  upon  vesting  or  exercise of  outstanding  equity  awards  if  such  inclusion  would  be 
dilutive. 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share (in thousands, except share 
and per share amounts): 

Numerator: 
Net income .........................................................................................   $
Denominator: 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic ......................     
Effect of dilutive equity awards (1) ......................................................     
Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted ...................     

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

234,028    $ 

101,102    $

91,822   

5,680,073      
66,964      
5,747,037      

5,743,568      
27,392      
5,770,960      

5,853,283   
6,806   
5,860,089   

Net income per share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $
Diluted ............................................................................................   $

41.20    $ 
40.72    $ 

17.60    $
17.52    $

15.69   
15.67   

_____________ 
(1) SARs outstanding that were not included in the diluted net income per share calculation because the effect would have

been anti-dilutive were 2,600, 438 and 89,909 as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

15.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

Allocation of expenses. Prior to the spin-off, the consolidated financial statements included allocations of expenses from 
GHC for certain overhead functions, including, but not limited to, finance, human resources, legal, information technology, 
general insurance, risk management and other corporate functions. These expenses were allocated to the Company on the 
basis  of  direct  usage  when  identifiable,  with  the  remainder  generally  allocated  on  a  proportional  basis  using  revenue  or 
headcount.  The  Company  was  allocated  $5.8  million  in  2015  of  corporate  overhead  costs  incurred  by  GHC.  These  cost 
allocations are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and 
Comprehensive Income. 

F-30 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
Additional  GHC  Investment  (Deficit).  Prior  to  the  spin-off,  the  net  assets  of  the  Company  were  represented  by  the 
cumulative investment in the Company by GHC that is shown as Additional GHC investment (deficit), which comprised 
share capital, settlements of intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and GHC, and net transfers of 
cash and cash equivalents. The settlement of intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and GHC that 
were not historically settled in cash were included in Additional GHC investment (deficit) and thus effectively deemed settled 
in cash for presentation purposes. In 2015, net transfers to GHC totaled $36.2 million, consisting of $39.1 million related to 
the net change in current income tax accounts and $2.9 million in net advances to GHC, partially offset by $5.8 million in 
allocated overhead and other expenses received from GHC. 

16.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Contractual  Obligations.  The  Company  has  obligations  to  make  future  payments  for  goods  and  services  under  certain 
contractual arrangements. These contractual obligations secure the future rights to various assets and services to be used in 
the  normal  course  of  the  Company’s  operations.  For  example,  the  Company  is  contractually  committed  to  make  certain 
minimum lease payments for the use of property under operating lease agreements. In accordance with applicable accounting 
rules,  the  future  rights  and  obligations  pertaining  to  firm  commitments,  such  as  operating  lease  obligations  and  certain 
purchase obligations under contracts, are not reflected as assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

The  Company’s  rent  expense,  which primarily  includes  facility  rental  expense,  was  $11.1  million, $8.1  million  and  $8.4 
million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company has lease obligations under various operating leases including 
minimum lease obligations for real estate.  

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2017 under various 
contractual obligations (including amounts associated with data processing services, high-speed data connectivity and fiber-
related obligations) and the estimated timing and effect that such obligations are expected to have on the Company’s liquidity 
and cash flows in future periods (in thousands): 

Years ending December 31,  
2018 ..............................................   $ 
2019 ..............................................     
2020 ..............................................     
2021 ..............................................     
2022 ..............................................     
Thereafter .....................................     
Total ......................................   $ 

Programming 
Purchase 

Commitments       

Total Debt, 
including  
Capital 
Leases 

Other  
Purchase 
Obligations (1)     

Operating  
Leases 

208,900     $ 
155,086       
88,224       
32,147       
-       
-       
484,357     $ 

1,852     $ 
1,344       
948       
699       
317       
418       
5,578     $ 

14,375    $ 
20,642      
26,892      
30,017      
180,017      
922,699      
1,194,642    $ 

23,362    $ 
12,785      
7,658      
4,980      
851      
3,985      
53,621    $ 

Total 

248,489   
189,857   
123,722   
67,843   
181,185   
927,102   
1,738,198   

_______________ 
(1) Includes purchase obligations  related  to  capital  projects  and other  legally  binding  commitments.  Other purchase  orders
made in the ordinary course of business are excluded from the table above. Any amounts for which we are liable under
purchase orders are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheet within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities. 

Programming purchase commitments represent contracts that the Company has with cable television networks and broadcast 
stations to provide programming services to its subscribers. The amounts included above represent estimates of the future 
programming costs for these purchase commitments based on subscriber numbers and tier placement as of December 31, 
2017 applied to the per-subscriber rates contained in these contracts. Actual amounts due under such contracts may differ 
from the amounts above based on the actual subscriber numbers and tier placements. In addition, programming purchases 
sometimes occur pursuant to non-binding commitments, which are not reflected in the summary above. 

F-31 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
 
 
The  following  items  are  not  included  as  contractual  obligations  due  to  various  factors  discussed  below.  However,  the 
Company incurs these costs as part of its operations: 

(cid:2)  The Company rents utility poles used in its operations. Generally, pole rentals are cancellable on short notice, but 
the  Company  anticipates  that  such  rentals  will  recur.  Rent  expense  for  pole  attachments  was  $7.8  million,  $5.7
million and $5.7 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

(cid:2)  The  Company  pays  franchise  fees  under  multi-year  franchise  agreements  based  on  a  percentage  of  revenues
generated from video service per year. Franchise fees and other franchise-related costs included in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income were $15.7 million, $14.2 million and $15.7 million in 2017,
2016 and 2015, respectively. 

(cid:2)  The Company has cable franchise agreements containing provisions requiring the construction of cable plant and the
provision of services to customers within the franchise areas. In connection with these obligations under existing
franchise  agreements,  the  Company  obtains  surety  bonds  or  letters  of  credit  guaranteeing  performance  to
municipalities and public utilities and payment of insurance premiums. Such surety bonds and letters of credit as of
December 31,  2017  and  2016  totaled  $12.0 million  and  $7.9 million,  respectively.  Payments  under  these
arrangements are required only in the event of nonperformance. The Company does not expect that these contingent 
commitments will result in any amounts being paid. 

Litigation and Legal Matters. The Company is subject to complaints and administrative proceedings and is a defendant in 
various civil lawsuits that have arisen in the ordinary course of its business. Such matters include contract disputes; actions 
alleging negligence; invasion of privacy; trademark, copyright and patent infringement; violations of applicable wage and 
hour  laws;  statutory  or  common  law  claims  involving  current  and  former  employees;  and  other  matters.  Although  the 
outcomes of the legal claims and proceedings against the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, based on currently 
available information, management believes that there are no existing claims or proceedings that are likely to have a material 
effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Also, based on currently available 
information, management is of the opinion that either future material losses from existing legal proceedings are not reasonably 
possible or that future material losses in excess of the amounts accrued are not reasonably possible. 

Regulation in the Cable Industry. The operation of a cable system is extensively regulated by the Federal Communications 
Commission (the “FCC”), some state governments and most local governments. The FCC has the authority to enforce its 
regulations through the imposition of substantial fines, the issuance of cease and desist orders and/or the imposition of other 
administrative  sanctions,  such  as  the  revocation of  FCC  licenses needed  to  operate  certain  transmission  facilities  used in 
connection  with  cable  operations.  The  Telecommunications  Act  of  1996  altered  the  regulatory  structure  governing  the 
nation’s  communications  providers.  It  removed  barriers  to  competition  in  both  the  cable  television  market  and  the  voice 
services market. Among other things, it reduced the scope of cable rate regulation and encouraged additional competition in 
the video programming industry by allowing telephone companies to provide video programming in their own telephone 
service areas. Future legislative and regulatory changes could adversely affect the Company’s operations. 

GHC  Agreements. On  June  16,  2015,  Cable  One  entered  into  several  agreements  with  GHC  that  set  forth  the  principal 
actions taken in connection with the spin-off and that govern the relationship of the parties following the spin-off, including 
a Separation and Distribution Agreement, a Tax Matters Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement. The aggregate 
costs  and  reimbursements  paid  to  GHC  totaled  $0.4  million,  $5.5  million  and  $4.8  million  in  2017,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively. 

F-32 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
17.   SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS (UNAUDITED) 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 
(Unaudited) 

Second 
Quarter (1)     
(in thousands, except per share and share data)  
Revenues ......................................................................................   $  207,427    $  241,042    $
183,527      
Operating costs and expenses .......................................................     
57,515      
Income from operations ................................................................     
27,874      
Net income ...................................................................................     

148,729      
58,698      
32,189      

Quarter      

First  

Third  
Quarter (2)     
253,846    $
193,080      
60,766      
30,812      

Fourth  
Quarter (2)   
257,714  
198,696  
59,018  
143,153  

Net income per common share: 

Basic .........................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ......................................................................................   $ 

5.68    $ 
5.62    $ 

4.91    $
4.85    $

5.43    $
5.36    $

25.18  
24.89  

Weighted average common share outstanding: 

Basic .........................................................................................      5,671,838       5,678,394       5,680,600       5,684,785  
Diluted ......................................................................................      5,730,901       5,745,617       5,753,910       5,750,420  

_______________ 
(1) 
(2) 

Includes two months of NewWave operations. 
Includes NewWave operations for the full quarter. 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 
(Unaudited) 

Second  
Quarter      
(in thousands, except per share and share data)  
Revenues ......................................................................................   $  202,805    $  204,557    $
154,419      
Operating costs and expenses .......................................................     
50,138      
Income from operations ................................................................     
26,373      
Net income ...................................................................................     

154,148      
48,657      
25,788      

Quarter      

First  

Third  
Quarter      
205,536    $
162,594      
42,942      
24,441      

Fourth  
Quarter    
206,727  
160,101  
46,626  
24,499  

Net income per common share: 

Basic .........................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ......................................................................................   $ 

4.45    $ 
4.44    $ 

4.59    $
4.57    $

4.27    $
4.25    $

4.29  
4.25  

Weighted average common share outstanding: 

Basic .........................................................................................      5,796,252       5,743,465       5,720,257       5,714,862  
Diluted ......................................................................................      5,810,639       5,766,312       5,755,161       5,760,834  

The effect of the revision discussed within Note 2 on the 2017 unaudited quarterly financial results is as follows (in thousands, 
except  per  share  data).  The  2017  quarterly  revisions  will  be  effected  in  connection  with  future  2018  unaudited  interim 
condensed consolidated financial statement filings in Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.  

Quarter Ended March 31, 2017 
(Unaudited) 

   As Reported       Adjustment       As Revised 

Revenues ............................................................................................   $ 
Operating costs and expenses .............................................................     
Income from operations ......................................................................     
Net income .........................................................................................     

207,427    $ 
147,074      
60,353      
33,215      

-    $
1,655      
(1,655)     
(1,026)     

207,427   
148,729   
58,698   
32,189   

Net income per common share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ............................................................................................   $ 

5.86    $ 
5.80    $ 

(0.18)   $
(0.18)   $

5.68   
5.62   

F-33 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
 
 
 
Quarter Ended June 30, 2017 
(Unaudited) 

   As Reported       Adjustment       As Revised 

Revenues ............................................................................................   $ 
Operating costs and expenses .............................................................     
Income from operations ......................................................................     
Net income .........................................................................................     

241,042     $ 
182,395       
58,647       
28,576       

-    $ 
1,132      
(1,132)     
(702)     

241,042  
183,527  
57,515  
27,874  

Net income per common share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ............................................................................................   $ 

5.03     $ 
4.97     $ 

(0.12)   $ 
(0.12)   $ 

4.91  
4.85  

Quarter Ended September 30, 2017 
(Unaudited) 

   As Reported       Adjustment       As Revised 

Revenues ............................................................................................   $ 
Operating costs and expenses .............................................................     
Income from operations ......................................................................     
Net income .........................................................................................     

253,846    $ 
191,948      
61,898      
31,514      

-    $
1,132      
(1,132)     
(702)     

253,846   
193,080   
60,766   
30,812   

Net income per common share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ............................................................................................   $ 

5.55    $ 
5.48    $ 

(0.12)   $
(0.12)   $

5.43   
5.36   

The effect of the revision discussed within Note 2 on the 2016 unaudited quarterly financial results is as follows (in thousands, 
except per share data): 

Quarter Ended March 31, 2016 
(Unaudited) 

   As Reported       Adjustment       As Revised 

Revenues ............................................................................................   $ 
Operating costs and expenses .............................................................     
Income from operations ......................................................................     
Net income .........................................................................................     

202,805    $ 
155,422      
47,383      
27,044      

-    $
(1,274)     
1,274      
(1,256)     

202,805   
154,148   
48,657   
25,788   

Net income per common share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ............................................................................................   $ 

4.67    $ 
4.65    $ 

(0.22)   $
(0.21)   $

4.45   
4.44   

Quarter Ended June 30, 2016 
(Unaudited) 

   As Reported       Adjustment       As Revised 

Revenues ............................................................................................   $ 
Operating costs and expenses .............................................................     
Income from operations ......................................................................     
Net income .........................................................................................     

204,557    $ 
154,000      
50,557      
26,633      

-    $
419      
(419)     
(260)     

204,557   
154,419   
50,138   
26,373   

Net income per common share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ............................................................................................   $ 

4.64    $ 
4.62    $ 

(0.05)   $
(0.05)   $

4.59   
4.57   

F-34 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
 
 
 
Quarter Ended September 30, 2016 
(Unaudited) 

   As Reported       Adjustment       As Revised 

Revenues ............................................................................................    $ 
Operating costs and expenses .............................................................      
Income from operations ......................................................................      
Net income .........................................................................................      

205,536    $ 
161,716      
43,820      
20,874      

-    $
878      
(878)     
3,567      

205,536   
162,594   
42,942   
24,441   

Net income per common share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................    $ 
Diluted ............................................................................................    $ 

3.65    $ 
3.63    $ 

0.62    $
0.62    $

4.27   
4.25   

Quarter Ended December 31, 2016 
(Unaudited) 

   As Reported       Adjustment       As Revised 

Revenues ............................................................................................   $ 
Operating costs and expenses .............................................................     
Income from operations ......................................................................     
Net income .........................................................................................     

206,727    $ 
160,280      
46,447      
24,388      

Net income per common share: 

Basic ...............................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ............................................................................................   $ 

4.27    $ 
4.23    $ 

-    $
(179)     
179      
111      

0.02    $
0.02    $

206,727   
160,101   
46,626   
24,499   

4.29   
4.25   

F-35 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
This page intentionally left blank

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Metrics 

Cable One, Inc. (the “Company”) uses certain measures that are not defined by generally accepted accounting principles in 
the United States (“GAAP”) to evaluate various aspects of its business. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin 
are non-GAAP financial measures and should be considered in addition to, not as superior to, or as a substitute for, net income 
or net profit margin reported in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to net income and Adjusted EBITDA 
margin is reconciled to net profit margin below. 

“Adjusted  EBITDA”  is  defined  as  net  income  plus  interest  expense,  income  tax  provision  (benefit),  depreciation  and 
amortization,  equity-based  compensation  expense,  severance  expense,  (gain)  loss  on  deferred  compensation,  acquisition-
related costs, (gain) loss on disposal of assets, other (income) expense, net, and other unusual operating expenses, as provided 
in the table below. As such, it eliminates the significant non-cash depreciation and amortization expense that results from the 
capital-intensive  nature  of  the  Company’s  business  as  well  as  other  non-cash  or  special  items  and  is  unaffected  by  the 
Company’s capital structure or investment activities. This measure is limited in that it does not reflect the periodic costs of 
certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues and the Company’s cash cost of debt financing. 
These costs are evaluated through other financial measures. 

“Adjusted EBITDA margin” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues. 

The  Company  uses  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  to  assess  its  performance.  In  addition,  Adjusted 
EBITDA generally correlates to the measure used in the leverage ratio calculation under the Company’s credit facilities and 
outstanding 5.75% senior unsecured notes due 2022 to determine compliance with the covenants contained in the facilities 
and ability to take certain actions under the indenture governing the notes. For the purpose of calculating compliance with 
the leverage ratio covenants in the Company’s debt instruments, the Company uses a measure similar to Adjusted EBITDA, 
as  presented.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  also  a  significant  performance  measure  used  by  the  Company  in  its  annual  incentive 
compensation program. Adjusted EBITDA does not take into account cash used for mandatory debt service requirements or 
other non-discretionary expenditures, and thus does not represent residual funds available for discretionary uses. 

The Company believes Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are useful to investors in evaluating the operating 
performance of the Company. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin and similar measures with similar titles are 
common measures used by investors, analysts and peers to compare performance in the Company’s industry, although the 
Company’s measures of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin may not be directly comparable to similarly titled 
measures reported by other companies. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Revenues ...........................................................................................   $
Net income (1) ....................................................................................   $
Net profit margin ...............................................................................     
Interest expense .........................................................     
Plus: 
Income tax provision (benefit) ..................................     
Depreciation and amortization...................................     
Equity-based compensation expense .........................     
Severance expense .....................................................     
(Gain) loss on deferred compensation .......................     
Acquisition-related costs ...........................................     
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets ................................     
Other (income) expense, net ......................................     
Adjusted EBITDA (1) .........................................................................   $
Adjusted EBITDA margin ..................................................................     
_________ 
NM =  Not meaningful. 
(1) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

      % Change 

2017 

960,029     $
234,028     $
24.4%    
46,864       
(44,227)      
181,619       
10,743       
5,461       
2,753       
5,942       
574       
(668)      
443,089     $
46.2%    

819,625        
101,102        
12.3 %    
30,221        
62,162        
147,839        
12,298        
1,012        
312        
4,719        
2,821        
(5,121 )      
357,365        
43.6 %    

17.1% 
131.5% 

55.1% 
(171.1)% 
22.8% 
(12.6)% 
NM  
NM  
25.9% 
(79.7)% 
(87.0)% 
24.0% 

Net  income  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  results  for  2017  include  eight  months  of  RBI  Holding  LLC  (“NewWave”)
operations. Net income and Adjusted EBITDA for 2017 include the favorable impact of a reduction in expense of
$16.3  million  due  to  the  capitalized  labor  change  discussed  in  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Without  the 
contribution from NewWave operations, net income for 2017 would have increased 123.8% to $226.3 million and
Adjusted EBITDA would have increased 10.7% to $395.5 million. Excluding both the NewWave operations and the
capitalized labor change, net income for 2017 would have increased 113.8% to $216.2 million and Adjusted EBITDA
would have increased 6.1% to $379.2 million. 

A-1 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
This page intentionally left blank

Dear Valued Cable ONE Shareholders, 

to realize additional revenue growth and cost synergies as 

Growth, evolution and teamwork are the key themes that were 

integration proceeds.

woven throughout the Cable ONE story in 2017. We celebrated 

Looking ahead for the Northeast Division, we are accelerating 

the acquisition of NewWave Communications, which brought 

our integration ahead of schedule in many areas and 

us exciting long-term opportunities for subscriber and revenue 

applying our industrial engineering-driven approach to 

growth. We launched best-in-class products such as Piranha 

cost management in order to provide these customers with 

Fiber and WiFi ONE, which enabled us to continue providing 

additional Cable ONE services and benefits. We will continue 

an outstanding customer experience. And together, we 

prudent exploration of accretive M&A opportunities, looking 

worked side-by-side with our customers in recovering from 

to further cement our role as a natural aggregator of non-

the hurricanes which devastated several of our communities. 

urban cable assets. Finally, honing the customer experience 

As a team, our focus never wavered and we continued to 

will be a priority for all of our associates in 2018. Although our 

successfully execute on our vision. 

Financially, strategically and operationally, 2017 was a 

successful year for Cable ONE. We delivered strong financial 

our competition. 

customer service scores remain high, our focus is on creating 

exceptional customer experiences that set us far apart from 

results, generating more than $960 million in revenue, 

Our accomplishments in 2017 would not have been possible 

increasing Adjusted EBITDA1 by 24 percent year-over-year, 

without our more than 2,300 dedicated and talented 

and finishing the year with Adjusted EBITDA margins1 

associates. In addition to their willingness to embrace change 

north of 46 percent. Our strategy continues to bear fruit 

and their steadfast dedication to taking care of our customers, 

as we emphasize our growth products of Residential HSD 

our associates share a common passion for giving back to the 

and Business Services, drive operational efficiencies and 

communities we serve. Our people spend thousands of hours 

capitalize on favorable competitive dynamics in our largely 

each year feeding the poor, raising money for the homeless, 

non-metropolitan markets. From an operating perspective, 

volunteering at schools, cleaning up their communities and 

we are striving to make the lives of our customers easier by 

so much more. This culture of compassion and commitment 

offering value-added services. For example, we began offering 

to service is what makes our associates the foundation of the 

self-installation for Residential HSD service and we launched 

success of our company, and I couldn’t be more proud to lead 

WiFi ONE – a solution that provides our customers with 

this team. 

enhanced WiFi signal strength and extends and improves the 

WiFi signal throughout their home.

We enter 2018 energized, enthusiastic and purposeful as we 

embrace the many opportunities on our horizon. Our strategy 

On May 1, 2017, we completed our acquisition of NewWave 

is sound, and we are confident that it will continue to create 

Communications. Since that time, we have been focused 

lifetime value for our customers, associates and shareholders. 

on integration not only from an operational and financial 

On behalf of all of us at Cable ONE, thank you for your 

perspective, but on combining the culture and best practices 

continued trust and support. 

of both organizations. We’ve doubled available speeds for 

our HSD customers in the majority of these markets and 

Best,

have nearly completed 32-channel bonding in NewWave 

markets (which we now call our Northeast Division). This will 

enable us to offer speeds up to one Gigabit to our residential 

customers, allowing us to help eliminate the digital divide 

in these communities. The Northeast Division contributed 

Julia M. Laulis 

more than $127 million of revenues during its eight months 

Chair of the Board,  

of operations as part of Cable ONE in 2017, and we expect 

President & Chief Executive Officer

1 Please refer to the section entitled “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” appearing on page A-1 immediately after our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Board of Directors

Executive Team

Julia M. Laulis 
Chair of the Board,  
President & Chief Executive Officer 

Brad D. Brian 
Director

Thomas S. Gayner 
Lead Independent Director;  
Chair, Executive Committee & 
Nominating and Governance Committee

Deborah J. Kissire 
Chair, Audit Committee

Thomas O. Might 
Director 

Alan G. Spoon 
Director

Wallace R. Weitz 
Chair, Compensation Committee

Katharine B. Weymouth 
Director

Julia M. Laulis, Chair of the Board, President & Chief Executive Officer

Michael E. Bowker, Chief Operating Officer

Kevin P. Coyle, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Stephen A. Fox, Senior Vice President, Chief Network Officer

Eric M. Lardy, Senior Vice President

Charles B. McDonald, Senior Vice President, Operations

Peter N. Witty, Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

Christopher D. Boone, Vice President, Business Services

Michelle D. Cameron, Vice President, West Division

Kenneth E. Johnson, Vice President, Northeast Division

Kishore K. Reddy, Vice President, Product Support Development

William R. Robertson, Vice President, South Central Division

Julie A. Seff, Vice President, Residential Services

Janiece St. Cyr, Vice President, Human Resources

Raymond L. Storck, Jr., Vice President, Finance & Treasurer

Robert S. Thornock, Vice President, Strategy

Cary T. Westmark, Vice President, Information Technology

ANNUAL MEETING

STOCK EXCHANGE

The annual meeting of stockholders will be held on 
May 8, 2018 at 8:00 a.m. MST at the Cable ONE Corporate 
Office, 210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, AZ 85012. 

Cable ONE common stock is traded on the New York 
Stock Exchange under the symbol CABO. 

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR 
General shareholder correspondence: 
Computershare 
PO Box 505000 
Louisville, KY 40233

SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES 

TRANSFERS BY OVERNIGHT COURIER 
Overnight correspondence: 
Computershare 
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600 
Louisville, KY 40202

Communication concerning transfer requirements, lost certificates, dividends and changes of address should be directed to 
Computershare Investor Services: Tel: (800) 446-2617   |   (781) 575-2723   |   TDD: (800) 952-9245
Questions also may be sent via the website: www-us.computershare.com/investor/contact

 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T

210 E. Earll Dr.
Phoenix, AZ 85012
(602) 364-6000